diff options
| author | wlemb <wlemb> | 2004-06-04 06:43:07 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | wlemb <wlemb> | 2004-06-04 06:43:07 +0000 |
| commit | 46b3bfccdd69b1feb5fb64af27d56fb66108ac29 (patch) | |
| tree | a3cf47bbfa415d9fd5b0c859baa638e25a9131fb /contrib | |
| parent | bdb3cd782f91a5a2dac372683d63d1010207de1d (diff) | |
| download | groff-46b3bfccdd69b1feb5fb64af27d56fb66108ac29.tar.gz | |
o Rewrote the routines dealing with _FAMILY, _FONT, _SIZE, _COLOR
and _QUAD. A single macro for each checks for the calling alias
(e.g. TITLE_FAMILY in _FAMILY), and performs the appropriate
action.
o All "COLOUR" aliases of "COLOR", no matter where, have been
removed.
o Added cover and doc cover page generation.
o Added reference macros COVERTITLE, DOC_COVERTITLE, MISC and
COPYRIGHT (for use with covers only)
o Fixed EL and TN so they don't spring page traps; in nofill modes
the preceding input line must be terminated by \c.
o Added #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ to DO_B_MARGIN, DO_T_MARGIN and NEWPAGE
to ensure accurate placement of first lines on new pages when
docprocessing is not taking place.
o Made NEWPAGE it's own macro; formerly just an alias of .bp.
o Made BREAKQUOTE obsolete; rewrote sections of footnote handling,
including adding support macros to deal with processing of
footnotes that were started inside quotes, blockquotes and
epigraphs.
o Added a TERMINATE .em to docprocessing (except letters) to ensure
that deferred footnotes print on the last page of a doc.
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib')
28 files changed, 6594 insertions, 3181 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/mom/BUGS b/contrib/mom/BUGS index 7af6d4e8..c8da4f74 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/BUGS +++ b/contrib/mom/BUGS @@ -15,6 +15,20 @@ Also, please--no html email. That, too, gets nuked. ======================================================================== +Version 1.1.8 +============= + +BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY not changing blockquote family. +---Fixed--- + +FOOTNOTE, whether in column mode or not, was using +#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS for all footnote markers and handling. +---Fixed--- + +Deferred footnotes that occured on the second to last page of +documents not printing. +---Fixed--- + Version 1.1.7-a =============== diff --git a/contrib/mom/ChangeLog b/contrib/mom/ChangeLog index 8107f7cc..ed7fcff0 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/ChangeLog +++ b/contrib/mom/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,36 @@ +*Jun 3 2004 + +o Rewrote the routines dealing with _FAMILY, _FONT, _SIZE, _COLOR + and _QUAD. A single macro for each checks for the calling alias + (e.g. TITLE_FAMILY in _FAMILY), and performs the appropriate + action. + +o All "COLOUR" aliases of "COLOR", no matter where, have been + removed. + +o Added cover and doc cover page generation. + +o Added reference macros COVERTITLE, DOC_COVERTITLE, MISC and + COPYRIGHT (for use with covers only) + +o Fixed EL and TN so they don't spring page traps; in nofill modes + the preceding input line must be terminated by \c. + +o Added #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ to DO_B_MARGIN, DO_T_MARGIN and NEWPAGE + to ensure accurate placement of first lines on new pages when + docprocessing is not taking place. + +o Made NEWPAGE it's own macro; formerly just an alias of .bp. + +o Made BREAKQUOTE obsolete; rewrote sections of footnote handling, + including adding support macros to deal with processing of + footnotes that were started inside quotes, blockquotes and + epigraphs. + +o Added a TERMINATE .em to docprocessing (except letters) to ensure + that deferred footnotes print on the last page of a doc. + + *Mar 15 2004 o Added color support diff --git a/contrib/mom/NEWS b/contrib/mom/NEWS index ea41de07..d987742a 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/NEWS +++ b/contrib/mom/NEWS @@ -1,3 +1,30 @@ +Release 1.1.9 +------------- + +Added the (optional) generation of cover pages and document cover +pages, plus a full suite of control macros for all cover page +elements. + +Added new reference macros that apply to covers: COVERTITLE, +DOC_COVERTITLE, COPYRIGHT and MISC. + +The need for TRAP OFF/TRAP to deal with ELs and TNs that fall at +the bottom page has been obsoleted. However, both EL and TN, when +invoked in any "nofill" mode (LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER, or the L | R | C +arguments to TAB_SET or ST when no QUAD argument is given), must now +have the input line preceding the EL or TN terminated by \c. Fill +modes do not have this requirement, i.e. no \c is required. + +Footnotes that occur inside quotes, blockquotes and epigraphs now +work just like regular footnotes, with no user intervention +required. This obsoletes the macro BREAK_QUOTE. + +Removed all aliases that used the word COLOUR. Users must use +COLOR wherever COLOR is needed. COLOUR, as a replacement/alias, is +no longer supported. + +NEWPAGE, which used to be an alias of .bp, is now its own macro. + Release 1.1.8 ------------- diff --git a/contrib/mom/TODO b/contrib/mom/TODO index e1d995a8..4e1a33d1 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/TODO +++ b/contrib/mom/TODO @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +As of version 1.1.9, the items on this TODO list will only be dealt +with if users request they be implemented. + UNDERLINING ----------- Explore "the ultimative underline macro" for possible inclusion @@ -14,10 +17,6 @@ footnotes at the bottom of the last column? Figure out a way to bypass the \c requirement before .FOOTNOTE. -Figure out a way to process blockquotes and quotes that contain -footnotes so that the user doesn't have to use the awful kludge -.BREAKQUOTE. - CONTROL MACROS -- _INDENT -------------- Let user be able to enter decimal fractions as the argument to _INDENT diff --git a/contrib/mom/copyright b/contrib/mom/copyright index ea18d013..506aa911 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/copyright +++ b/contrib/mom/copyright @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ AUTHOR ------ Peter Schaffter (df191@ncf.ca) -15, chemin Brunette -RR 2, CP 406 -Ste-Cécile-de-Masham (Québec) +320 Gordon St. +Fergus, Ontario CANADA +N1M 2W3 ======================================================================== The groff macro file om.tmac and the html documentation pertaining -to it are copyright (c) 2002 Peter Schaffter. +to it are copyright (c) 2004 Peter Schaffter. om.tmac is issued under the GNU General Public License, a full copy of which can be had at diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/README.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/README.mom deleted file mode 100644 index 2be09dab..00000000 --- a/contrib/mom/examples/README.mom +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -The files in this directory show mom in action. I haven't included -PostScript output from the files because I want to keep the mom -archive as lean as possible. In order to see the PostScript output of -these files, process them with groff, sending the output either to a -separate file for previewing with gv (ghostview) or to your printer. -I don't recommend previewing with gxditview because it doesn't render -some of mom's effects properly. - -All the files are set up for 8.5ix11i paper. - -macros.mom ----------- - -This file demonstrates the use of typesetting tabs, string tabs, -line padding, multi-columns and various indent styles, as well as -some of the refinements and fine-tuning available via macros and -inline escapes. - -Because the file also demonstrates a "cutaround" using a small picture -(of Tux), the PostScript file has been included in the directory. - -typeset.mom ------------ - -This file contains samples of three of the document styles available -with the document processing macros, as well as demonstrating the -use of COLLATE. The relatively rare BREAK_QUOTE macro is also used. -The PRINTSTYLE of this file is TYPESET, letting you get a look at mom's -default behaviour when she typesets a document. The last sample, -set in 2 columns, shows a few of the ways in which you can modify -mom's behaviour. - -typewrite.mom -------------- - -Using the first two samples from typeset.mom, this file shows what -"typewritten, double-spaced" documents (PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE) look -like. - -letter.mom ----------- - -This is just the tutorial example from the momdocs, ready for -previewing. - -elvis_syntax.new ----------------- - -For those who use the vi clone, elvis, you can paste this file into -your elvis.syn file. Provided your mom documents have the extension -.mom, they'll come out with colorized syntax highlighting. The rules -in elvis_syntax aren't exhaustive, but they go a LONG way to making mom -files more readable. - -The file elvis_syntax (for pre-2.2h versions of elvis) is no longer -being maintained. Users are encouraged to update to elvis 2.2h or -higher, and to use elvis_syntax.new for mom highlighting. -I'll be very happy if someone sends me syntax highlighting rules for vim -and emacs. :) diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt b/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cdccaa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/contrib/mom/examples/README.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +The files in this directory show mom in action. + +I haven't included their PostScript output because I want to +keep the mom archive as lean as possible. To view the PostScript +output, process the files with groff and either + + a) send the output to a separate file for previewing with a + PostScript viewer such as gv (ghostview), or + + b) to your printer. + +Using the file typeset_doc.mom as an example, you would +accomplish a) like this: + + groff -mom -Tps typeset_doc.mom > typeset_doc.ps + gv typeset_doc.ps + +How you would accomplish b) depends on your printer setup, but a +fairly standard way to do it would be + + groff -mom -Tps typeset_doc.mom | lpr + + or + + groff -mom -Tps -l typeset_doc.mom + +Note: I don't recommend previewing with gxditview because it doesn't +render some of mom's effects properly. + +The files themselves +-------------------- + +All are set up for 8.5x11 inch paper (US letter). + +***typesetting.mom** + +The file, typesetting.mom, demonstrates the use of typesetting tabs, +string tabs, line padding, multi-columns and various indent styles, +as well as some of the refinements and fine-tuning available via +macros and inline escapes. + +Because the file also demonstrates a "cutaround" using a small +picture (of everybody's favourite mascot, Tux), the PostScript file, +penguin.ps has been included in the directory. + +***typeset_doc.mom*** + +The file, typeset_doc.mom, shows examples of three of the document +styles available with the mom's document processing macros, as well +as demonstrating the use of COLLATE. + +The PRINTSTYLE of this file is TYPESET, to give you an idea of mom's +default behaviour when typesetting a document. + +The last sample, set in 2 columns, shows off mom's flexibility +when it comes to designing documents. + +***typewrite_doc.mom*** + +Using the first two samples from typeset.mom, typewrite_doc.mom +shows what "typewritten, double-spaced" documents (PRINTSTYLE +TYPEWRITE) look like. + +***letter.mom*** + +This is just the tutorial example from the momdocs, ready for +previewing. + +***elvis_syntax.new*** + +For those who use the vi clone, elvis, you can paste this file into +your elvis.syn. Provided your mom documents have the extension +.mom, they'll come out with colorized syntax highlighting. The +rules in elvis_syntax aren't exhaustive, but they go a LONG way to +making mom files more readable. + +The file elvis_syntax (for pre-2.2h versions of elvis) is no longer +being maintained. Users are encouraged to update to elvis 2.2h or +higher, and to use elvis_syntax.new for mom highlighting. + +I'll be very happy if someone decides to send me syntax highlighting +rules for vim and emacs. :) diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/typeset.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom index 46122216..564df99d 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/examples/typeset.mom +++ b/contrib/mom/examples/sample_docs.mom @@ -1,34 +1,52 @@ \# This file contains three greeked documents collated together: -\# two pages of a novelist's outline, two pages of a chapter in DRAFT -\# style, and three pages of an academic paper set in two columns. -\# Mom's defaults are used throughout, except for the last one, which -\# shows off some of the ways of changing mom's behaviour. \# -\# Since the text is greeked, and groff doesn't know how to -\# hyphenate all that pseudo-latinate nonsense, I've inserted -\# discretionary hyphens into a number of the the words. +\# i) two pages of a novelist's outline +\# ii) two pages of a chapter using COPYSTYLE DRAFT +\# iii) three pages of an academic paper, set in two columns +\# +\# Mom's defaults are used throughout, except for iii), which +\# demonstrates some of the ways you can design your own documents. +\# +\# Since the text throughout is greeked, and groff doesn't know how +\# to hyphenate all that pseudo-latinate nonsense, I've inserted +\# discretionary hyphens (\%) into a large number of the the words. +\# Normally, this isn't necessary. +\# +\# The PRINTSTYLE is TYPESET. If you'd like to see what mom does +\# with the documents when the PRINTSTYLE is TYPEWRITE, change +\# PRINTSTYLE TYPESET, below, to PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE. Also, in the +\# third example, comment out PARA_INDENT and QUOTE_INDENT. \# \# =================================================================== \# -\# First, a sample "named" document, in this case, an outline. +\# First, a sample "NAMED" document--in this case, an outline. \# A novelist wouldn't normally write an outline with numbered heads, \# subheads and paraheads. I've turned the feature on merely to \# demonstrate it. \# \# Reference macros \# -.TITLE "Lake Attica's Shores" -.SUBTITLE "A Romance Novel" -.AUTHOR "Rosemary Winspeare" -.DRAFT 1 \" Ignored because COPYSTYLE is FINAL -.REVISION 2 \" Ignored because COPYSTYLE is FINAL +.TITLE "Lake Attica's Shores" +.SUBTITLE "A Romance Novel" +.AUTHOR "Rosemary Winspeare" +.DRAFT 1 \" Ignored because COPYSTYLE is FINAL +.REVISION 2 \" Ignored because COPYSTYLE is FINAL +.COPYRIGHT "2004 Alma Podborski +\# +\# Reference macros for the document cover +\# +.DOC_COVERTITLE "Sample mom Documents" +.MISC "Three types of mom documents" "assembled and collated by mom's author" \# \# Docstyle macros \# .DOCTYPE NAMED "Outline" -.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET +.PRINTSTYLE TYPESET \" Or TYPEWRITE to preview "typewritten, double-spaced" \# -\# Additional style macros +.DOC_COVER COVERTITLE MISC +.COVER TITLE AUTHOR DOCTYPE COPYRIGHT +\# +\# Additional setup macros \# .NUMBER_PARAHEADS \# @@ -130,28 +148,32 @@ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren. Sea takimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum .SPREAD -\# -\# This next bit ensures that the line "...end of sample outline" doesn't -\# spring the page trap, which would deposit a header at the top of the -\# next page. COLLATE doesn't print a page header on the first page of -\# a collated document, but if the page trap has already deposited one -\# there, COLLATE can't undo it. Hence, we turn the trap off -\# (TRAP OFF), set the line, and put in an EL afterwards. -\# -\# Normally, all this isn't necessary when collating documents, -\# but if you ever have the problem of a page header printing at the -\# top of a collated document, now you know how to get around it. -\# -.TRAP OFF .RIGHT -\*[BD]\&...end of sample outline +\*[BD]\&...end of sample outline\c .EL -.TRAP .COLLATE \# +\# The .EL after the line "...end of sample outline" ensures that +\# mom doesn't spring the page trap, which would deposit a header at +\# the top of the next page. COLLATE doesn't print a page header +\# on the first page of a collated document, but if the page trap +\# has already deposited one there, COLLATE can't undo it. +\# +\# Normally, this isn't necessary; here we require it because the +\# line falls right at the bottom of the page, and would therefore +\# normally spring the page trap. Sorry for the fussiness, but at +\# least now you know what to do if you ever encounter the problem +\# of a page header printing at the top of a collated document. +\# +\# Please notice, too, the use of "\&" before "..." Whenever an +\# input line begins with either a period, an apostrophe or a space, +\# you must precede it with \&, otherwise the line will disappear, +\# even when, as here, there's an inline escape that starts the +\# line. +\# \# ===================================================================== \# -\# Next, two sample pages of a chapter, set in DRAFT style, showing +\# Next, two pages of a chapter, set in DRAFT style, showing \# the use of the EPIGRAPH BLOCK macro and the QUOTE macro. \# \# You'll notice that the starting page number of this "draft" is 1 (in @@ -160,12 +182,14 @@ sit amet. Accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum \# \# Reference macros \# -.TITLE "Lake Attica's Shores" -.SUBTITLE "A Romance Novel" -.AUTHOR "Rosemary Winspeare" -.CHAPTER 1 -.DRAFT 1 \" Appears in the header because copystyle is DRAFT -.REVISION 2 \" Appears in the header because copystyle is DRAFT +.TITLE "Lake Attica's Shores" +.SUBTITLE "A Romance Novel" +.AUTHOR "Rosemary Winspeare" +.CHAPTER 1 +.CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder" +.DRAFT 1 +.REVISION 2 +.MISC "Draft 1, 2nd revision" \# \# Docstyle macros \# @@ -174,7 +198,11 @@ sit amet. Accusam et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum \# \# Additional style macros \# -.EPIGRAPH_FONT I \" Epigraphs are set in roman by default +.EPIGRAPH_FONT I \" Epigraphs are normally set in roman +.DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER \" Draft/revision info usually goes in the header +.COVER_MISC_QUAD RIGHT \" Change default position of the cover "misc" line +\# +.COVER CHAPTER+TITLE MISC \# .START .EPIGRAPH BLOCK @@ -259,12 +287,11 @@ do\%lo\%res et ea rebum. \# ===================================================================== \# \# Finally, a sample academic article, set in two columns with a -\# 1.5-pica gutter between them. This example also uses -\# BLOCKQUOTES, FOOTNOTES, and the relatively rare BREAK_QUOTE. In -\# addition, it's set RECTO_VERSO, with differing left and right -\# margins that alternate from page to page. (The header also -\# flips from right to left, which you can see on the 2nd and 3rd -\# pages). +\# 1.5-pica gutter between them. This example also uses QUOTES, +\# BLOCKQUOTES and FOOTNOTES. In addition, it's set RECTO_VERSO, +\# with differing left and right margins that alternate from page to +\# page. (The header also flips from right to left, which you can +\# see on the 2nd and 3rd pages). \# \# In order to accomodate the narrow measure of the columns, there's also \# a demonstration of things you can change with both the typesetting @@ -272,9 +299,12 @@ do\%lo\%res et ea rebum. \# \# Reference macros \# -.TITLE "CONTROL EQUALS CHAOS" -.SUBTITLE "\*[ALD1]The Psychological and Auditory Impact of Serial vs. Aleatoric Music\*[RLD1]" -.AUTHOR "Joe Chang" "and" "Brad Hegel Connors" +.TITLE "CONTROL EQUALS CHAOS" +.SUBTITLE "\*[ALD1]The Psychological and Auditory \ +Impact of Serial vs. Aleatoric Music\*[RLD1]" +.AUTHOR "Joe Chang" "and" "Brad Hegel Connors" +.COPYRIGHT "2004 J. Chang, B.H. Connors +.MISC "Submitted June 3, 2004" "\*[IT]Piano Quarterly\*[PREV]" \# \# Docstyle macros \# @@ -298,14 +328,16 @@ do\%lo\%res et ea rebum. .AUTHOR_SIZE +.5 .DOCHEADER_LEAD +2p .HEADER_SIZE +1 -.PARA_INDENT 1P +.PARA_INDENT 1P \" Comment this out if previewing PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE +.QUOTE_INDENT 2 \" Comment this out if previewing PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE .SUBHEAD_SIZE +0 .BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY H .BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -2 -.QUOTE_INDENT 2 .NUMBER_HEADS OFF \" Because we turned them on in the first example .NUMBER_SUBHEADS OFF \" Ibid \# +.COVER TITLE AUTHOR COPYRIGHT MISC +\# .START .PP Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr. Sed diam @@ -466,12 +498,11 @@ erat, sed diam voluptua at vero eos et accusam. Et justo duo do\%lo\%res et ea rebum, stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea takimata. .PP -Sanctus est lorem ipsum. Dolor sit amet consetetur sadipscing elitr. Sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut -labore. Et do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam -erat, sed diam voluptua. -At vero eos et accusam et -.BREAK_QUOTE \"Needed because blockquote crosses a column AND contains a footnote -justo duo. Dolores et ea rebum stet clita kasd gubergren no sea. +Sanctus est lorem ipsum. Dolor sit amet consetetur sadipscing +elitr. Sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor invidunt ut labore. Et +do\%lo\%re magna ali\%quyam erat, sed diam voluptua. At vero eos et +accusam et justo duo. Dolores et ea rebum stet clita kasd gubergren +no sea. .PP Takimata lorem ipsum dolor sit amet consetetur sadipscing elitr. Sed diam, nonumy eirmod tempor, invidunt ut labore et do\%lo\%re magna. diff --git a/contrib/mom/examples/macros.mom b/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom index 5db01313..cd16dc38 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/examples/macros.mom +++ b/contrib/mom/examples/typesetting.mom @@ -1,43 +1,51 @@ +\# Most mom users rely on mom's document processing macros to format +\# their work. The doc processing macros take care of all things +\# typographic and are simple, clear and easy to learn. The kind of +\# "by hand" typesetting this file shows off is really geared toward +\# professional typographers. Bear in mind, though, that the full +\# power of mom's typesetting capabilities can be brought to bear +\# on document processing as well. +\# \# Basic page setup \# .PAGE 8.5i 11i \" Printer sheet size .L_MARGIN 1i \" Left margin 1 inch .R_MARGIN 1i \" Right margin 1 inch (calculates the line length) \# -\# Refinements -\# -.KERN \" Automatic pairwise kerning -.SS 0 \" No extra space between sentences -.HY \" Hyphenate -.LIGATURES \" Automatic ligature generation -.SMARTQUOTES \" Enable smartquotes -\# \# Basic type parameters \# -.FAM T \" Times Roman family -.FT B \" Bold font +.FAMILY T \" Times Roman family +.FT B \" Bold font .PT_SIZE 12 \" Point size -.LS 14 \" Leading (line spacing) +.LS 14 \" Leading (line spacing) .LEFT \" Set lines flush left, nofill mode \# +\# Refinements \# -.ALD |1i-1v \" Advance 1 inch from top of paper to first baseline +.HY \" Hyphenate +.KERN \" Automatic pairwise kerning +.LIGATURES \" Automatic ligature generation +.SMARTQUOTES \" Enable smartquotes +.SS 0 \" No extra space between sentences +\# +.ALD 1i-1v \" Advance 1 inch from top of paper to first baseline Example 1\*[BU 2]: .ALD .25v \" Advance an extra 1/4 linespace .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "T\*[BU 4]asting notes using padding, string tabs \ and multi-columns" -.SP \" Add an extra line space \# +.SP \" Add an extra line space \# .FAM H \" Helvetica family .PT_SIZE 10 .LS 11 \" New leading \# -\# The following uses a combination of padding, string tabs, and the FWD escape -\# to set up five tabs with 12-point (1-pica) gutters over the full line length. +\# The following uses a combination of padding, string tabs, and the +\# FWD escape to set up five tabs with 1-pica gutters stretched over +\# the full line length. \# .SILENT \" Don't print the next line -.PAD "\*[ST1]VIN#\*[ST1X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST2]ROBE#\*[ST2X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST3]NEZ#\*[ST3X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST4]BOUCHE#\*[ST4X]\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST5]COMMENTAIRES\*[ST5X]" +.PAD "\*[ST1]VIN#\*[ST1X]\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST2]ROBE#\*[ST2X]\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST3]NEZ#\*[ST3X]\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST4]BOUCHE#\*[ST4X]\*[FWD 1P]\*[ST5]COMMENTAIRES\*[ST5X]" .SILENT OFF \" Resume normal printing of text \# \# Now that the string tabs have been marked off, we "set" them. @@ -48,7 +56,6 @@ and multi-columns" .ST 4 L QUAD .ST 5 L QUAD \# -\# .TAB 1 \" Call first tab .UNDERSCORE "VIN" .TN \" Move to next tab and stay on the same baseline @@ -61,12 +68,10 @@ and multi-columns" .UNDERSCORE "COMMENTAIRES" .TQ \" Quit tabs \# -\# .ALD 6p \" Advance an extra 6 points .FT R \" Change font to roman (medium) .MCO \" Turn multi-column mode on \# -\# .TAB 1 \" Notice that this tab gets set line-for-line \*[IT]Peelee Island \" Set italic \*[PREV]Gewürztraminer \" Revert to former font (roman) @@ -85,9 +90,9 @@ Doux, fruité, bien équilibré avec une bonne acidité. .MCR .TB 5 Bon apéro. Servir avec des plats -.RW .1 +.RW .1 \" Reduce Whitespace between letters to tighten this line indiens ou \%chinois. -.RW 0 +.RW 0 \" Back to normal spacing between letters .BR Excellent rapport qualité/prix. .MCX 8p \" Multi-column mode off; advance an extra 8 points @@ -107,7 +112,7 @@ Odeurs tertiares de cuir, cèdre, violets, eucalyptus, avec une trace exotique de Band-Aid*\*[BU 12]. \# \# The \*[BU 12], above, pulls the period back so that it falls -\# underneath the asterisk. \*[BP<#>] could have been used instead +\# underneath the asterisk. \*[BP<n>] could have been used instead \# if you prefer to use points rather than kern units. \# .MCR @@ -125,9 +130,9 @@ Superbe\|! Une aubaine à ne pas manquer. Prêt à boire maintenant. \# with the text in the tasting notes. Notice that in order to use a \# hanging indent, you must first set a left indent. \# -.FT I \" Change font to italic +.FT I \" Change font to italic .PT_SIZE -.5 \" Reduce point size by 1/2 point -.LS -.5 \" Reduce leading by 1/2 point +.LS -.5 \" Reduce leading by 1/2 point .JUSTIFY \" Set text justified \# \# Now, move the left margin back by the width of an asterisk plus 2 points... @@ -161,23 +166,22 @@ Otherwise, it smells like cheap lipstick. \# italic font, the letter T doesn't align visually with the rest of \# the text. As already noted, this is an extremely fussy example. :) \# -\# -\# .IQ CLEAR \" Cancel and clear stored indent values .L_MARGIN 1i \" Reset left margin to its original value. \# -\# .ALD 2P \" Add 2-picas extra space before next example -.FAM T -.FT B +\# +.FAM T +.FT B .PT_SIZE 12 -.LS 14 +.LS 14 +\# Example 2: .ALD .25v \# .COMMENT \" COMMENT lets you enter comments without using \# or \" In the next line, because the string to be underscored must be -enclosed by double-quotes, you can't use the double-quote character +enclosed in double-quotes, you can't use the double-quote character itself around the word "Massaging". We circumvent this by using the groff inline escapes \(lq and \(rq (leftquote and rightquote). .COMMENT OFF \" Remember to turn COMMENT off! @@ -185,16 +189,17 @@ groff inline escapes \(lq and \(rq (leftquote and rightquote). .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "\(lqMassaging\(rq \*[BCK 1p]a passage of rag right text" .SP \" Add an extra linespace \# -\# .PT_SIZE 12.5 -.LS 14 +.LS 14 .PT_SIZE -1 \" Reduce point size by 1 point -Passage using groff defaults +Passage using groff spacing defaults +\# .ALD .5v \" Add an extra 1/2 line space +\# .PT_SIZE +1 \" Restore point size -.QUAD LEFT \" Set quad left, fill mode -.IB 3P \" Indent 3 picas from both the left and right margins -.FT R +.QUAD LEFT \" Set quad left, fill mode +.IB 3P \" Indent 3 picas from both the left and right margins +.FT R The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as I best could; but when he ventured upon insult, I vowed revenge. You, who so well know the nature of my soul, will not suppose, however, that I gave @@ -208,10 +213,10 @@ felt as such to him who has done the wrong. .ALD 6p \# \# The next line is set quad right, nofill mode, 1/2 point smaller -\# than the preceding text (using the \*S[...] inline escape. +\# than the preceding text (using the \*[SIZE <n>] inline escape. \# .RIGHT -\*S[-.5]\(emEdgar Allen Poe, \*[IT]The Cask of Amontillado\*[PREV]\*S[+.5] +\*[SIZE -.5]\(emEdgar Allen Poe, \*[IT]The Cask of Amontillado\*[PREV]\*[SIZE +.5] .SP \" Extra linespace .IBQ \" Disable "indent both" \# @@ -229,20 +234,21 @@ felt as such to him who has done the wrong. \# them until a pleasing rag is achieved. The remainder of the little \# flaws are fixed with inline escapes. \# -.FT B +.FT B .PT_SIZE -1 .LEFT The same passage, \*[BU 4]"massaged" +\# .ALD .5v -.FT R +\# +.FT R .PT_SIZE +1 -.QUAD LEFT +.QUAD LEFT .HY OFF \" Turn automatic hyphenation off .BR_AT_LINE_KERN \" Automatically insert a line break (.BR) with each invocation of .RW and .EW .WS +1 \" Increase word space slightly .IB \" Turn "indent both" back on; values are the same as before \# -\# The thousand injuries of Fortunato I had borne as I best could; but when he ventured upon insult, I \*[BU 2]vowed revenge. \*[BU 4]Y\*[BU 6]ou, \*[BU 4]who so \*[BU 2]well know the nature @@ -264,7 +270,7 @@ when the .RW .1 avenger fails to make himself felt as such to him \*[BU 2]who has done the wrong. -.RW 0 +.RW 0 \" Restore normal kerning .WS +0 \" Restore normal wordspacing .ALD 6p .PT_SIZE -.5 @@ -274,22 +280,22 @@ the wrong. \# \# .NEWPAGE \" Start a new page -.T_MARGIN 1i \" Set top margin to 1i (approx. equivalent to .ALD |1i-1v above) -\# +.T_MARGIN 1i \" Set top margin to 1i (approx. equivalent to .ALD 1i-1v above) \# -.FAM T -.FT B +.FAM T +.FT B .PT_SIZE 12 -.LS 14 +.LS 14 .LEFT +\# Example 3: .ALD .25v .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "A \*[BU 2]recipe for enumerated lists using indents" .SP .5v \" Add an extra half line space -.FAM N \" New Century Schoolbook family -.FT R +.FAM N \" New Century Schoolbook family +.FT R .PT_SIZE 11 -.LS 13 +.LS 13 .HY \" Turn hyphenation back on .JUSTIFY \" Justify text This example demonstrates the use of left and hanging indents for @@ -301,7 +307,6 @@ to use (string) tabs, as seen in Example 4. enumerated lists automatically. These examples merely show hanging indents and string tabs in use. \# -\# .JUSTIFY \" Justify text .IL \w'\0.\0' \" Establish a left indent equal to the width of 2 figure spaces plus a period. .HI \w'\0.\0' \" Establish a hanging indent equal to the size of the left indent. @@ -321,7 +326,6 @@ there to ensure that the space after the number/period combination always remains the same (i.e. doesn't stretch when the line is justified). That way, the text of each item always lines up perfectly. \# -\# .COMMENT Now we're going to set a bullet-point list, indented from the text above by 1 pica. IL arguments are always added to whatever value @@ -366,7 +370,6 @@ list... 4.\0In order not to make the example too long, we'll stop here. .IQ CLEAR \" Don't forget to cancel and/or clear indents! \# -\# .FAM T .FT B .PT_SIZE 12 @@ -374,7 +377,6 @@ list... .LEFT .SP \# -\# Example 4: .ALD .25v .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "A \*[BU 2]recipe for nested lists using string tabs" @@ -394,12 +396,11 @@ is exactly the length of two figure spaces and a period. The second (ST2) is simply "the remainder of the line." .COMMENT OFF \# -.SILENT +.SILENT \" Don't print any of this .PAD "\*[ST1]\0.\0\*[ST1X]\*[ST2]#\*[ST2X]" .ST 1 L \" String tabs must be "set" after being marked off in a line .ST 2 J \" ST 1 will be set flush left, nofill; ST 2 will be justified. -.SILENT OFF -\# +.SILENT OFF \" Restore printing \# .TB 1 1. @@ -445,7 +446,6 @@ it, lets add in an en-dashed sub-sublist. .BR \" We're in a fill mode right now, so you *must* terminate the line with BR \# -\# .SILENT .PAD "\*[FWD 12p]\*[ST5]\(en\*[ST5X]\*[FWD 4p]\*[ST6]#\*[ST6X]" .ST 5 L @@ -480,11 +480,12 @@ Generally speaking, once you get the hang of string tabs and the .TQ \# .NEWPAGE -.FAM T -.FT B +.FAM T +.FT B .PT_SIZE 12 -.LS 14 +.LS 14 .LEFT +\# Example 5: .ALD .25v .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "Word spacing" @@ -496,7 +497,8 @@ Example 5: \# The "label" lines for the following are set in Helvetica bold, one \# point smaller than the examples themselves. This demonstrates the \# use of the groff inline escape \f[...] to change both family and -\# font inline. It also shows using the mom inline \*S[...]. +\# font inline. It also shows using the mom inline \*S[...], which is +\# an alternate form of the inline, \*[SIZE <n>] \# \f[HB]\*S[-1]Normal word spacing\*S[+1]\*[PREV] .FT R @@ -521,27 +523,26 @@ N\*[BU 1]o\*[BU 1]w \*[BU 1]is the time for all good men to come to the aid of t .WS +0 .SP 1.5v \# -\# -.FAM T -.FT B +.FAM T +.FT B .PT_SIZE 12 -.LS 14 +.LS 14 +\# .LEFT Example 6: .ALD .25v .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "Line kerning" .ALD 8p -.FAM P \" Palatino family -.FT R +.FAM P \" Palatino family +.FT R .PT_SIZE 11 -.LS 15 +.LS 15 \# \# Here, we set up some tabs so the examples can go into facing columns. \# .TAB_SET 1 0 19.5P L .TAB_SET 2 19.5P 19.5P L \# -\# .MCO \" Turn multi-columns on .TB 1 \f[HB]\*S[-1]Unkerned line\*S[+1]\*[PREV] @@ -581,25 +582,23 @@ Example 6: "But this is \*[IT]important!\/"\*[PREV]she exclaimed. .MCX 1.5v \# -\# -.FAM T -.FT B +.FAM T +.FT B .PT_SIZE 12 -.LS 14 +.LS 14 .LEFT +\# Example 7: .ALD .25v .UNDERSCORE 3.75p "Cutaround using left\*[FU 2]/right indents, multi columns \ and a dropcap" .SP \# -\# .FT R .PT_SIZE 11 .LS 12 .BR_AT_LINE_KERN OFF \" In justified text, it's best to have this OFF \# -\# .TAB_SET 1 0 18.5P J .TAB_SET 2 20.5P 18.5P J .MCO @@ -610,7 +609,9 @@ and a dropcap" .PSPIC penguin.ps .MCR .TAB 1 -.DROPCAP_FONT B +.XCOLOR red \" Initialize the X11 color, red +.DROPCAP_COLOR red +.DROPCAP_FONT B .DROPCAP L 3 COND 80 \" i.e. the letter L dropped 3 lines, condensed to 80% of its normal width .EW .2 orem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sa\%dip\%scing elitr, sed diam @@ -620,7 +621,7 @@ sed diam voluptua. .TI 1P At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea taki- -.SPREAD \" Force justify preceding line before starting indent +.SPREAD \" Force justify preceding line before starting indent .IR 3.5P kimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam @@ -633,7 +634,7 @@ At vero eos et accusam et justo duo dolores et ea rebum. .TI Stet clita kasd gubergren, no sea ta- -.SPREAD \" Force justify preceding line before quitting indent +.SPREAD \" Force justify preceding line before quitting indent .IRQ kimata sanctus est lorem ipsum dolor sit amet. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consetetur sadipscing elitr, sed diam nonumy eirmod tempor diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html index 8e98b912..259e3408 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/appendices.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -8,7 +9,7 @@ <!====================================================================> <a href="reserved.html#TOP">Next</a> -<a href="typemacdoc.html#TOP">Prev</a> +<a href="macrolist.html#TOP">Prev</a> <a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> <p> @@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ risk the wrath of my implacable spam filters. :) <p> <hr> <a href="reserved.html#TOP">Next</a> -<a href="typemacdoc.html#TOP">Prev</a> +<a href="macrolist.html#TOP">Prev</a> <a href="#TOP">Top</a> <a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> </body> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html index f0dc7a32..6bd0cead 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/color.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ <strong>Mom</strong>'s support for coloured text is straightforward. You begin by telling <strong>mom</strong> about the colours you want -to with +with <a href="#NEWCOLOR">NEWCOLOR</a> or <a href="#XCOLOR">XCOLOR</a>. @@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ be all one word, all in lower case. <br> Macro: <strong>COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> <br> -<a name="COLOR_INLINE">Inline: <strong>\*[<colorname></strong></a> +<a name="COLOR_INLINE">Inline: <strong>\*[<colorname>]</strong></a> <p> <a name="COLOR_INLINE"></a> Once you've told <strong>mom</strong> about a colour (via diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html index 4fa6c835..ecc26814 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/cover.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -12,33 +13,494 @@ <a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> <p> -<a name="TOP"></a> -<a name="COVER"> - <h1 align="center"><u>CREATING A COVER PAGE</u></h1> +<a name="COVER_TOP"> +<h1 align="center"><u>CREATING A COVER PAGE</u></h1> </a> +<ul> + <li><a href="#COVER_INTRO">Introduction to cover pages</a> + <ul> + <li><a href="#PLEASE">Important note -- please read</a> + <li><a href="#DESC">Description of what mom does on cover pages</a> + <li><a href="#PAGINATION">A note on headers/footers and pagination</a> + <li><a href="#DESIGN">What to do if you want to design your + own cover pages</a> + </ul> + <li><a href="#COVER">The cover and document cover macros</a> + <ul> + <li><a href="#COVER">COVER/DOC_COVER</a> + <ul> + <li><a href="#REQUIRED">The required argument</a> + <li><a href="#CHAPTER">How the CHAPTER argument and friends work</a> + <li><a href="#OPTIONAL">The optional arguments</a> + <li><a href="#DOCTYPE">What the DOCTYPE argument means</a> + </ul> + </ul> + <li><a href="#ON_OFF">Enabling/disabling automatic generation of cover pages</a> + <li><a href="#COVER_CONTROL">Control macros--changing the + defaults for covers and document covers</a> +</ul> + +<a name="COVER_INTRO"><h2><u>Introduction to cover pages</u></h2></a> +<p> +As of version 1.19 of <strong>mom</strong>, you can now have cover +pages generated automatically. +<p> +Though identical in treatment, <strong>mom</strong> provides two +kinds of cover pages: section cover pages (which I shall refer to +simply as "cover pages") and document cover pages +("doc covers"). +<p> +A document cover page +(<a href="#DOC_COVER">doc cover</a>) +is what you'd most likely use at the start of a <a +href="rectoverso.html#COLLATE_INTRO">collated</a> document, where +you might want the name of the complete document, the author(s) and +the copyright line to appear. Another place you might use a doc +cover is for a novel, where you want the title of the novel, not +the chapter title or chapter number, as the first cover page. +<p> +A section +<a href="#COVER">cover</a> +page is what you'd use for cover pages that separate sections of a +collated document. A section cover page (but not a doc cover page) +in a collated document could, for example, simply read "PART +I". +<p> +In non-collated documents (say, an essay) you can use either a +section cover or a doc cover to generate a cover sheet. +<p> +In addition, nothing prevents you from generating both a doc cover +page and a section cover page for every document in a collated +document. Or you can selectively disable the automatic generation +of either doc covers or section covers in a collated document, +on-the-fly. +<p> +<a name="PLEASE"><strong>Important note:</strong></a> +automatic generation of cover or doc cover pages after the first +one(s) only takes place if you are working with collated documents. +<strong>Mom</strong> provides no mechanism for saying "print +a section cover here even though I'm still working on the same +(non-collated) document." + +<a name="DESC"><h3><u>Description of what mom does on cover pages</u></h3></a> + +By default, <strong>mom</strong> typesets cover (and doc cover) +pages identically to +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_DOCHEADER">docheaders</a> +(see +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER_CONTROL">How to change the look of docheaders</a> +for a description of what a docheader looks like). The only +differences are +<br> +<ul> + <li>the position on the page where the information is output + <li>the (optional) addition of copyright and miscellaneous + information + <li>there's no running text underneath +</ul> + <p> -At present, <strong>mom</strong> provides no mechanism for -automatically generating cover pages. It's a situation not likely -to change, given that what's needed on document covers changes from -document to document, both in terms of style and content. And, -more often than not, what goes on covers is matter of personal taste. +You tell <strong>mom</strong> what you want to appear on the cover +pages through the arguments you pass to +<a href="#COVER">COVER</a> +and/or +<a href="#COVER">DOC_COVER</a>. +Provided you have already given <strong>mom</strong> the +appropriate references macro (e.g. +<a href="docprocessing.html#TITLE">TITLE</a> +or +<a href="docprocessing.html#AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a>), +she will output cover (and doc cover) pages identically to how she +would output docheaders containing the same information. <p> -If you want a document to begin with a cover page, typeset the cover -(using the -<a href="typesetting.html#MACROS_TYPESETTING">typesetting macros</a>). -At the end, invoke +By default, <strong>mom</strong> starts cover (and doc cover) pages +one-third of the way down the page. This can be changed through +the use of the control macros +<a href="#COVER_CONTROL_INDEX">COVER_ADVANCE/DOC_COVER_ADVANCE</a>. +<p> +If you request copyright information (and have already given +<strong>mom</strong> the reference macro, +<a href="docprocessing.html#COPYRIGHT">COPYRIGHT</a>), +she sets it, by default, in a smaller +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_PS">point size</a> +in the bottom right hand corner of the cover (or doc cover) page. +The default point size and the position can be controlled +with +<a href="#COVER_CONTROL_INDEX">COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE/DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE</a> +and +<a href="#COVER_CONTROL_INDEX">COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD/DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD</a>. +<p> +Similarly, if you request miscellaneous information (and have already given +<strong>mom</strong> the reference macro, +<a href="docprocessing.html#MISC">MISC</a>, +she sets it, by default, in a smaller point size in the bottom left +hand corner of the cover (or doc cover) page. The default point +size is dependent on +<strong>COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE/DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE</strong>, +but the position can be controlled with +<a href="#COVER_CONTROL_INDEX">COVER_MISC_QUAD/DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD</a>. + +<a name="PAGINATION"></a> +<p> +<strong>NOTE: mom</strong> does not set any +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_HEADER">headers</a> +or +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FOOTER">footers</a> +on cover pages. Neither does she set any page numbers. From the +point of pagination, cover (and doc cover) pages are considered +"null" pages; if you wish them to be included in the +pagination scheme (even though no page numbers appear), you must +set the page number of each first page following a +<a href="rectoverso.html#COLLATE">COLLATE</a> +manually with +<a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUMBER">PAGENUMBER</a>. + +<a name="DESIGN"></a> +<p> +Finally, if you want to design your own cover page(s), you can +always typeset them (using the +<a href="typesetting.html#MACROS_TYPESETTING">typesetting macros</a>), +invoke <a href="typesetting.html#NEWPAGE">NEWPAGE</a>, -then set up your document <em>in full</em> (see +set up your document <em>in full</em> (see <a href="docprocessing.html#DOCPROCESSING_TUT">Tutorial -- Setting up a mom document</a>), -invoking -<a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a> -as usual once you're done. The cover page (and any typesetting -commands on it) will have no effect on <strong>mom</strong>'s -processing of the document itself, the first page of which, moreover, -will be numbered "1" unless you instruct her otherwise -with +and lastly invoke +<a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a>. +The cover page (and any typesetting commands on it) will have no +effect on <strong>mom</strong>'s processing of the document itself, +the first page of which, moreover, will be numbered "1" +unless you instruct her otherwise with <a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUMBER">PAGENUMBER</a>. +<p> + +<!---COVER---> + +<hr width="66%" align="left"> +<p> +<a name="COVER"></a> + Macro: <strong>COVER</strong> + <br> + Macro: <strong>DOC_COVER</strong> + <br> + Required argument: <var>TITLE | DOCTITLE | COVERTITLE | CHAPTER | CHAPTER_TITLE | CHAPTER+TITLE</var> + <br> + Optional arguments: <var>[ SUBTITLE AUTHOR DOCTYPE COPYRIGHT MISC ]</var> + <p> + <em>*Note: these macros should be placed in the + "style-sheet" section of your document setup (see the + <a href="docprocessing.html#DOCPROCESSING_TUT">Tutorial -- Setting up a mom document</a>), + i.e. after PRINTSTYLE (and/or DOCTYPE and/or COPYSTYLE), but + before START.</em> + +</a> +<p> +<strong>COVER</strong> and <strong>DOC_COVER</strong> behave +identically. The reason <strong>mom</strong> provides two macros +for automatic cover page generation is so that you can have two +different kinds of covers with different information on each. +<p> +Imagine, for a moment, you've written a document comprised of three +sections. When you +<a href="rectoverso.html#COLLATE">COLLATE</a> +the document for output, you could use <strong>DOC_COVER</strong> +to generate a cover page that contained the name of the entire +document, your (the author's) name, and perhaps the copyright date. +Subsequently, you could use <strong>COVER</strong>, after each +<strong>COLLATE</strong> but before each +<a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a>, +to generate a cover page (or cover "sheet", if you prefer) +containing just the name of the section. +<br> + +<a name="REQUIRED"><h3><u>The required argument</u></h3></a> + +Both <strong>COVER</strong> and <strong>DOC_COVER</strong>, whenever +invoked, require a first argument, as listed above. This first argument +will become the first bit of information <strong>mom</strong> +prints on the cover (or doc cover) page (i.e. it will be the +"title"). +<p> +In order for the information to appear, you must, of course, first +have given <strong>mom</strong> the appropriate +<a href="docprocessing.html#REFERENCE_MACROS">reference macro</a>. +A list of arguments with their equivalent reference macros follows. +<br> + +<dl> +<dt>TITLE +<dd>-means the argument you gave to +<a href="docprocessing.html#TITLE">TITLE</a> +<dt>DOCTITLE +<dd>-means the argument you gave to +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCTITLE">DOCTITLE</a> +<dt>COVERTITLE +<dd>-means the argument you gave to +<a href="docprocessing.html#COVERTITLE">COVERTITLE</a> +or +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_COVERTITLE">DOC_COVERTITLE</a> +<dt>CHAPTER, CHAPTER_TITLE, CHAPTER+TITLE +<dd>-see below (How the CHAPTER argument and friends work) +</dl> +<br> + +<a name="CHAPTER"><h3><u>How the CHAPTER argument and friends work</u></h3></a> + +<kbd>CHAPTER</kbd>, by itself, will print the <a +href="docprocessing.html#CHAPTER_STRING">CHAPTER_STRING</a> as well +as the chapter number that you gave to +<a href="docprocessing.html#CHAPTER">CHAPTER</a>. +For example, assuming a vanilla setup for your chapter +<p> +<pre> + \# Reference macros + .CHAPTER 1 + .CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder" + <other stuff> + .COVER CHAPTER \" (or .DOC_COVER CHAPTER) + .START +</pre> + +will simply print +<p> +<pre> + Chapter 1 +</pre> + +<kbd>CHAPTER_TITLE</kbd> will print the chapter title you +gave to +<a href="docprocessing.html#CHAPTER_TITLE">CHAPTER_TITLE</a>. +For example, assuming a vanilla setup for your chapter +<p> +<pre> + \# Reference macros + .CHAPTER 1 + .CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder" + <other stuff> + .COVER CHAPTER_TITLE \" (or .DOC_COVER CHAPTER_TITLE) + .START +</pre> + +will simply print +<p> +<pre> + The Bonny Blue Yonder +</pre> + +<p> +<kbd>CHAPTER+TITLE</kbd> will print <strong>both</strong> the +chapter string + number AND the chapter title. For example, +assuming a vanilla setup for your chapter +<p> +<pre> + \# Reference macros + .CHAPTER 1 + .CHAPTER_TITLE "The Bonny Blue Yonder" + <other stuff> + .COVER CHAPTER+TITLE \" (or .DOC_COVER CHAPTER+TITLE) + .START +</pre> + +will print +<p> +<pre> + Chapter 1 + The Bonny Blue Yonder +</pre> + +<a name="OPTIONAL"><h3><u>The optional arguments</u></h3></a> + +The remainder of the arguments to <strong>COVER</strong> and +<strong>DOC_COVER</strong> are optional. They refer specifically +to the information you gave the +<a href="docprocessing.html#REFERENCE_MACROS">reference macros</a> +bearing the same name as the arguments. +<p> +You may enter as many or as few as you would like to see on your +cover (or doc cover) page. The only hitch is--PAY ATTENTION, +CLASS!--they must be entered in the order given above. For +example, if you want <kbd>TITLE</kbd>, <kbd>AUTHOR</kbd>, +<kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd> and <kbd>MISC</kbd> +<p> +<pre> + .COVER TITLE AUTHOR COPYRIGHT MISC +</pre> + +is correct, while +<p> +<pre> + .COVER TITLE AUTHOR MISC COPYRIGHT +</pre> + +is not. +<br> + +<a name="DOCTYPE"><h3><u>What the DOCTYPE argument means</u></h3></a> + +When you pass <strong>COVER</strong> or <strong>DOC_COVER</strong> +the argument, <kbd>DOCTYPE</kbd>, it refers to the argument you +gave to +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCTYPE">DOCTYPE</a> <kbd>NAMED</kbd>. +For example, if, in your +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCSTYLE_MACROS">docstyle macros</a> +you gave a +<p> +<pre> + .DOCTYPE NAMED "Abstract" +</pre> + +the argument, <kbd>DOCTYPE</kbd>, in the <strong>COVER</strong> or +<strong>DOC_COVER</strong> macros, would mean that you wanted the +word, Abstract, to appear on the cover (or doc cover), just as it +would in the +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER">docheader</a>. +<br> + +<!---ENABLING/DISABLING---> + +<hr width="66%" align="left"> +<p> +<a name="ON_OFF"></a> + Macro: <strong>COVERS</strong> <var><toggle></var> + <br> + Macro: <strong>DOC_COVERS</strong> <var><toggle></var> +</a> +<p> +By default, if you give <strong>mom</strong> a +<a href="#COVER">COVER</a> +or +<a href="#DOC_COVER">DOC_COVER</a> +macro, she will print it. In a document that contains sections, +articles or chapters formerly treated as "one-off's" but +now being +<a href="rectoverso.html#COLLATE_INTRO">collated</a>, +such behaviour may not be desirable. +<p> +<strong>Mom</strong> lets you selectively enable or disable the +generation of covers and/or doc covers with the toggle macros +<strong>COVERS</strong> and <strong>DOC_COVERS</strong>. Because +they're toggle macros, simply invoking them by themselves enables +automatic cover (or doc cover) generation, while invoking them +with any argument at all (<strong>OFF, QUIT, X</strong>, etc) +disables cover (or doc cover) generation. +<p> +<strong>NOTE:</strong> You must place these macros prior to any +instance of +<a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a>. Since they're +"on" by default, there's no need to use them if you want +covers. However, if you don't, especially in the kind of scenario +described above, the best place to put them (most likely with an +<strong>OFF, NO, X</strong>, etc. argument), is immediately after the +first invocation of <strong>START</strong>. By doing so, you ensure +they precede all subsequent instances of <strong>START</strong>. +<p> + +<hr> +<p> +<a name="COVER_CONTROL"><h3><u>Control macros--changing the defaults for covers and document covers</u></h3></a> +The default typographic appearance of the items on a cover (or doc +cover) page is identical to that of the items in a +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_DOCHEADER">docheader</a>. +(See +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER_CONTROL">How to change the look of docheaders</a> +for a description of the defaults.) +<p> +<a href="docprocessing.html#COPYRIGHT">COPYRIGHT</a> +and +<a href="docprocessing.html#MISC">MISC</a>, +which do not appear in docheaders, have the following default +characteristics: +<br> +<ol> + <li>The copyright line is set in the bottom right hand corner + of the page, 2 + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_PS">point sizes</a> + smaller than the size of + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_RUNNING">running text</a> + <li>The "misc" line is set in the bottom left hand + corner of the page, in the same family, font and point size + as the copyright line. +</ol> +<p> +With the exception of the copyright and "misc" lines, the +defaults for the entirety of cover (and doc cover) pages, and all +the elements thereon, can be changed with control macros whose +behaviour and arguments are identical to +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER_CONTROL_INDEX">the control macros used for docheaders</a>. +The only difference is the name by which you invoke the control +macro(s). +<p> +The complete list of cover (and doc cover) page control macros +follows; please refer to the +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER_CONTROL_INDEX">docheader control macros index</a> +in order to understand how to use them. +<p> +<a name="COVER_CONTROL_INDEX"><h3><u>Index of cover and doc cover control macros</u></h3></a> +<pre> +<a name="COVER_ADVANCE">.COVER_ADVANCE .DOC_COVER_ADVANCE</a> -+ +<a name="COVER_FAMILY">.COVER_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_FAMILY</a> | like DOCHEADER_ +<a name="COVER_LEAD">.COVER_LEAD .DOC_COVER_LEAD</a> -+ + +.COVER_TITLE_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY -+ +.COVER_TITLE_FONT .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT | like +.COVER_TITLE_COLOR .DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR | TITLE_ +.COVER_TITLE_SIZE .DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE -+ + +.COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY -+ +.COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT | like +.COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR | CHAPTER_TITLE_ +.COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE -+ + +.COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY -+ +.COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT | like +.COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR | SUBTITLE_ +.COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE -+ + +.COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR .DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR - like ATTRIBUTE_COLOR + - the macro, .ATTRIBUTE_STRING, controls the attribution string + for both docheaders and cover pages; cover pages have no + separate ATTRIBUTE_STRING macro + +.COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY -+ +.COVER_AUTHOR_FONT .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT | like +.COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR | AUTHOR_ +.COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE -+ + +.COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY -+ +.COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT | like +.COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR | DOCTYPE_ +.COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE -+ + +.COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY -+ +.COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT | like any +.COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR | of the above +.COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -+ +.COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD + - the copyright quad can be either L (left) or R (right); default is left + +.COVER_MISC_COLOR .DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR - like any of the above _COLOR +.COVER_MISC_QUAD .DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD + - the misc quad can be either L (left) or R (right); default is right +</pre> + +<strong>Note: COVER_MISC</strong> and +<strong>DOC_COVER_MISC</strong> have only two control macros, +<strong>_COLOR</strong> and <strong>_QUAD</strong>. The +family, font and size of the <kbd>MISC</kbd> argument to +<strong>COVER</strong> or <strong>DOC_COVER</strong> are always the +same as for <kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd>. Should you wish the family, font +or size to be different from <kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd>, I suggest setting +the type specs for <kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd> to the ones you want for +<kbd>MISC</kbd>, then altering them for <kbd>COPYRIGHT</kbd> using +<a href="inlines.html#INDEX_INLINES">inline escapes</a> +in the +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_STRINGARGUMENT">string argument</a> +you pass to the macro, +<a href="docprocessing.html#COPYRIGHT">COPYRIGHT</a>. (Of course, +you could always do the reverse, but if you pass several arguments +to +<a href="docprocessing.html#MISC">MISC</a>, +it's more likely you want to get <strong>MISC</strong> right first.) <p> <hr> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html index 2b52f6a4..1743ecdb 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/definitions.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -26,8 +27,7 @@ I use a number of typesetting-specific and groff-specific terms throughout this documentation, as well as a few terms that apply to <strong>mom</strong> herself. To make life easier, I'll explain them here. Refer back to this section should you encounter a word -or concept you're not familiar with. Words in these definitions that -are defined elsewhere in this section are marked with asterisks. +or concept you're not familiar with. <p> <hr> @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ are defined elsewhere in this section are marked with asterisks. <li><a href="#TERMS_WORDSPACE">Word space</a> <li><a href="#TERMS_XHEIGHT">x-height</a> </ul> -<dl> +<dl> <dt><a name="TERMS_ASCENDER"><em>Ascender</em></a> <dd>The portion of a letter that extends above the bowl. For example, the letters a, c, and e have no ascenders. The letters b, d, and h @@ -79,8 +79,9 @@ do. bowls of lower case letters rest. <dt><a name="TERMS_BALLOTBOX"><em>Ballot box</em></a> -<dd>An unfilled square, usually <strong>*cap-height</strong> in size, -typically placed beside items in a checklist. +<dd>An unfilled square, usually +<a href="#TERMS_CAPHEIGHT">cap-height</a> +in size, typically placed beside items in a checklist. <dt><a name="TERMS_BULLET"><em>Bullet</em></a> <dd>A small, filled circle typically found beside items or points in @@ -88,12 +89,14 @@ a list. <dt><a name="TERMS_CAPHEIGHT"><em>Cap-height</em></a> <dd>The height of the tallest capital letter in a given -<strong>*font</strong> at the current <strong>*point -size</strong>. +<a href="#TERMS_FONT">font</a> +at the current +<a href="#TERMS_PS">point size</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_DESCENDER"><em>Descender</em></a> <dd>The portion of a letter that extends beneath the -<strong>*baseline</strong> (j, q, y are letters with descenders). +<a href="#TERMS_BASELINE">baseline</a> +(j, q, y are letters with descenders). <dt><a name="TERMS_DISCRETIONARYHYPHEN"><em>Discretionary hyphen</em></a> <dd>A symbol inserted between two syllables of a word that indicates to a @@ -122,24 +125,29 @@ point text reverts to the left margin. <dt><a name="TERMS_EM"><em>Em/en</em></a> <dd>An em is a relative measurement equal to the width of the -letter M at a given <strong>*point size</strong> in a given -<strong>*font</strong>. Since most Ms are designed square, an em is -usually (but sometimes erroneously) considered to be the same size -as the current point size (i.e. if the point size of the type is 12, -one em equals 12 points). An en is equal to the width of a letter -N (historically 2/3 of an em, although groff treats an en as 1/2 of -an em). Typically, ems and ens are used to measure indents, or to -define the length of dashes (long hyphens). +letter M at a given +<a href="#TERMS_PS">point size</a> +in a given +<a name="#TERMS_FONT">font</a>. +Since most Ms are designed square, an em is usually (but sometimes +erroneously) considered to be the same size as the current point +size (i.e. if the point size of the type is 12, one em equals 12 +points). An en is equal to the width of a letter N (historically +2/3 of an em, although groff treats an en as 1/2 of an em). +Typically, ems and ens are used to measure indents, or to define the +length of dashes (long hyphens). <dt><a name="TERMS_FAMILY"><em>Family</em></a> <dd>The collective name by which a collection of -<strong>*fonts</strong> are known, e.g. Helvetica, Times Roman, -Garamond. +<a href="#TERMS_FONT">fonts</a> +are known, e.g. Helvetica, Times Roman, Garamond. <dt><a name="TERMS_FIGURESPACE"><em>Figure space/Digit space</em></a> -<dd>A <strong>*fixed width space</strong> that has the width of one digit. Used for -aligning numerals in, say, columns or numbered lists. In groff, -the figure space is entered with +<dd>A +<a href="#TERMS_FIXEDWIDTHSPACE">fixed width space</a> +that has the width of one digit. Used for aligning numerals in, +say, columns or numbered lists. In groff, the figure space is +entered with <p> <pre> \0 @@ -148,9 +156,11 @@ the figure space is entered with (backslash followed by a zero). <dt><a name="TERMS_FIXEDWIDTHSPACE"><em>Fixed width space</em></a> -<dd>Equal to <strong>*word space</strong>, but does not expand or -contract when text is <strong>*justified</strong>. In groff, fixed -width space is entered with +<dd>Equal to +<a href="#TERMS_WORDSPACE">word space</a>, +but does not expand or contract when text is +<a href="#TERMS_JUST">justified</a>. +In groff, fixed width space is entered with <p> <pre> \<space> @@ -159,17 +169,19 @@ width space is entered with where <space> means "hit the spacebar on your keyboard." <dt><a name="TERMS_FONT"><em>Font</em></a> -<dd>The specific style of type within a <strong>*family</strong>, +<dd>The specific style of type within a +<a href="#TERMS_FAMILY">family</a>, e.g. roman, italic. Groff understands four fonts within any given family: roman, italic, bold, and bold italic. <dt><a name="TERMS_FORCE"><em>Force justify </em></a> -<dd>Sometimes, in <strong>*justified</strong> text, a line needs to be -broken short of the right margin. Force justifying means telling a -typesetting program (like groff) that you want the line broken early -AND that you want the line's word spacing stretched to force the line -flush with the right margin. +<dd>Sometimes, in +<a href="#TERMS_JUST">justified</a> +text, a line needs to be broken short of the right margin. Force +justifying means telling a typesetting program (like groff) that you +want the line broken early AND that you want the line's word spacing +stretched to force the line flush with the right margin. <dt><a name="TERMS_GUTTER"><em>Gutter</em></a> <dd>The vertical whitespace separating columns of type. @@ -179,7 +191,8 @@ flush with the right margin. right margins. Justification is the act of making both margins flush. Some people use the terms "left justified" and "right justified" to mean type where only the left (or right) margins align. I don't. -See <strong>*quad</strong>. +See +<a href="#TERMS_QUAD">quad</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_KERN"><em>Kerning</em></a> <dd>Moving pairs of letters closer together to remove excess @@ -195,31 +208,37 @@ and punctuation together properly. <dt><a name="TERMS_KERNUNIT"><em>Kern Units</em></a> <dd>A relative distance equal to 1/36 of the current -<strong>*point size</strong>. Used between individual letters -for <strong>*kerning</strong>. Different typesetting systems use -different values (1/54 is popular), and sometimes call kern units by -a different name. +<a href="#TERMS_PS">point size</a>. +Used between individual letters +for +<a href="#TERMS_KERN">kerning</a>. +Different typesetting systems use different values (1/54 is +popular), and sometimes call kern units by a different name. <p> <strong>Experts: <br></strong>A kern unit has nothing to do with groff machine units. <dt><a name="TERMS_LEADING"><em>Lead/leading</em></a> -<dd>The distance from the <strong>*baseline</strong> of one line of -type to the line of type immediately beneath it. Pronounced "ledding." -Also called line spacing. Usually measured in <strong>*points</strong>. +<dd>The distance from the +<a href="#TERMS_BASELINE">baseline</a> +of one line of type to the line of type immediately beneath it. +Pronounced "ledding." Also called line spacing. Usually measured +in +<a href="#TERMS_PICASPOINTS">points</a>. <p> <em>In case you're interested...</em> In previous centuries, lines of type were separated by thin strips of -- you guessed it -- lead. Lines of type that had no lead between them were said to be "set solid." Once you began separating them with strips of lead, they were said to be "leaded", and the spacing was -expressed in terms of the number of <strong>*points</strong> of lead. -For this reason, "leading" and "line spacing" -aren't, historically speaking, synonymous. If type was set 10 on 12, -for example, the leading was 2 points, not 12. Nowadays, however, -the two terms are used interchangeably to mean the distance from -baseline to baseline. +expressed in terms of the number of +<a href="#TERMS_PICASPOINTS">points</a> +of lead. For this reason, "leading" and "line +spacing" aren't, historically speaking, synonymous. If type +was set 10 on 12, for example, the leading was 2 points, not 12. +Nowadays, however, the two terms are used interchangeably to mean +the distance from baseline to baseline. <dt><a name="TERMS_LEADER"><em>Leaders</em></a> <dd>Single characters used to fill lines, usually to their end. @@ -247,10 +266,13 @@ have always used their own system of measurement for weight (carats), typographers have always used their own system of measurement for type. <dt><a name="TERMS_PS"><em>Point Size</em></a> -<dd>The nominal size of type, measured in <strong>*points</strong>, -from the bottom of the longest <strong>*descender</strong> to the top -of the highest <strong>*ascender</strong>. In reality, type is always -fractionally smaller than its point size. +<dd>The nominal size of type, measured in +<a href="#TERMS_PICASPOINTS">points</a> +from the bottom of the longest +<a href="#TERMS_DESCENDER">descender</a> +to the top of the highest +<a href="#TERMS_ASCENDER">ascender</a>. +In reality, type is always fractionally smaller than its point size. <dt><a name="TERMS_QUAD"><em>Quad</em></a> <dd>When only one margin of type is flush, lines of type are quadded in @@ -264,12 +286,17 @@ both sides so that type appears centred on the page. <dd>Describes a margin that isn't flush. Rag right means the right margin isn't flush. Rag left means the left margin isn't flush. The expression "flush left/rag right" is sometimes used to describe -type that is <strong>*quadded</strong> left. +type that is +<a href="#TERMS_QUAD">quadded</a> +left. <dt><a name="TERMS_SOLID"><em>Solid/set solid</em></a> -<dd>When no <strong>*lead</strong> is added between lines of type -(i.e. the <strong>*point size</strong> and linespacing are the -same), the lines are said to be "set solid." +<dd>When no +<a href="#TERMS_LEADING">lead</a> +is added between lines of type (i.e. the +<a href="#TERMS_PS">point size</a> +and linespacing are the same), the lines are said to be "set +solid." <dt><a name="TERMS_TRACKKERNING"><em>Track kerning/Line kerning</em></a> <dd>Sometimes, it's advantageous to increase or decrease the amount of @@ -279,11 +306,13 @@ The correct term is letter spacing, but track kerning and line kerning (and sometimes, just "kerning") have come to mean the same thing. <dt><a name="TERMS_UNBREAKABLESPACE"><em>Unbreakable space</em></a> -<dd>Equal to <strong>*word space</strong>, however words separated by -an unbreakable space will always be kept together on the same line. -Expands and contracts like word space. Useful for proper names, which -one should, whenever possibly, avoid splitting onto two lines. In -groff, unbreakable space is entered with +<dd>Equal to +<a href="#TERMS_WORDSPACE">word space</a>, +however words separated by an unbreakable space will always be kept +together on the same line. Expands and contracts like word space. +Useful for proper names, which one should, whenever possibly, avoid +splitting onto two lines. In groff, unbreakable space is entered +with <p> <pre> \~ @@ -293,8 +322,8 @@ groff, unbreakable space is entered with <dt><a name="TERMS_WORDSPACE"><em>Word space</em></a> <dd>The amount of whitespace between words. When text is -<strong>*justified</strong>, word space expands or contracts to make -the margins flush. +<a href="#TERMS_JUST">justified</a>, +word space expands or contracts to make the margins flush. <dt><a name="TERMS_XHEIGHT"><em>x-height</em></a> <dd>The height of a lower case letter x in a given font at a given @@ -328,20 +357,23 @@ of lower case letters. <dl> <dt><a name="TERMS_ALIAS"><em>Alias</em></a> -<dd>A <strong>*macro</strong> invoked by a name different from its -"official" name. For example, the official name of the -macro to change <strong>*family</strong> is <strong>FAMILY</strong>. -Its alias is <strong>FAM</strong>. Aliases may be created for any -macro (via the +<dd>A +<a href="#TERMS_MACROS">macro</a> +invoked by a name different from its "official" +name. For example, the official name of the macro to change +<a href="#TERMS_FAMILY">family</a> +is <strong>FAMILY</strong>. Its alias is +<strong>FAM</strong>. Aliases may be created for any macro (via the <a href="goodies.html#ALIAS">ALIAS</a> macro) provided the alias uses a name not already taken by the <strong>mom</strong> macros or one of the groff -<strong>*primitives</strong>. For a complete list of alias names -you must not use, see the +<a href="#TERMS_PRIMITIVES">primitives</a>. +For a complete list of words or names you must not use, see the <a href="reserved.html#RESERVED">list of reserved words</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_ARGUMENTS"><em>Arguments</em></a> -<dd>Parameters or information needed by a <strong>*macro</strong> +<dd>Parameters or information needed by a +<a href="#TERMS_MACROS">macro</a> to do its job. For example, in the macro <p> <pre> @@ -358,7 +390,8 @@ LEFT is the argument. Arguments are separated from macros by spaces. Some macros require several arguments; each is separated by a space. <dt><a name="TERMS_COMMENTLINES"><em>Comment Lines</em></a> -<dd><strong>*Input lines</strong> introduced with the comment character +<dd><a href="#TERMS_INPUTLINE">Input lines</a> +introduced with the comment character <p> <pre> \# @@ -370,20 +403,29 @@ line after the comment character. <dt><a name="TERMS_CONTROLLINES"><em>Control Lines</em></a> <dd>Instructions to groff that appear on a line by themselves, which means that "control lines" are either -<strong>*macros</strong> or <strong>*groff primitives</strong>. +<a href="#TERMS_MACROS">macros</a> +or groff +<a href="#TERMS_PRIMITIVES">primitives</a>. Control lines begin with a period or, occasionally, an apostrophe. <dt><a name="TERMS_FILLED"><em>Filled lines/fill mode</em></a> -<dd>Automatic <strong>*justification</strong> or -<strong>*quadding</strong>. In fill mode, the ends of lines as they -appear in your text editor are ignored. Instead, words from adjoining -<strong>*input lines</strong> are added one at a time to the output -line until no more words fit. Then, depending whether text is to -be <strong>*justified</strong> or <strong>*quadded</strong> (left, -right, or centre), and depending on whether automatic hyphenation -is turned on, groff attempts to hyphenate the last word, or, barring -that, spreads and breaks the line (when justification is turned on) or -breaks and quads the line (when quadding is turned on). +<dd>Automatic +<a href="#TERMS_JUST">justification</a> +or +<a href="#TERMS_QUAD">quadding</a>. +In fill mode, the ends of lines as they appear in your text editor +are ignored. Instead, words from adjoining +<a href="#TERMS_INPUTLINE">input lines</a> +are added one at a time to the output line until no more words fit. +Then, depending whether text is to be +<a href="#TERMS_JUST">justified</a> +or +<a href="#TERMS_QUAD">quadded</a> +(left, right, or centre), and depending on whether automatic +hyphenation is turned on, groff attempts to hyphenate the last word, +or, barring that, spreads and breaks the line (when justification +is turned on) or breaks and quads the line (when quadding is turned +on). <p> <a name="TERMS_NOFILL"></a> Nofill mode (non-filled text) means that groff respects the ends @@ -391,25 +433,30 @@ of lines as they appear in your text editor. <dt><a name="TERMS_INLINES"><em>Inline escapes</em></a> <dd>Instructions issued to groff that appear as part of an -<strong>*input line</strong> (as opposed to <strong>*macros</strong>, -which must appear on a line by themselves). Inline escapes are always -introduced by the backslash character. For example, +<a href="#TERMS_INPUTLINE">input line</a> +(as opposed to +<a href="#TERMS_MACROS">macros</a>, +which must appear on a line by themselves). Inline escapes are +always introduced by the backslash character. For example, <p> <pre> A line of text with the word T\*[BU 2]oronto in it </pre> contains the inline escape \*[BU 2] (which means "move the letter -'o' 2 <strong>*kern units</strong> closer to the letter 'T'"). +'o' 2 +<a href="#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a> +closer to the letter 'T'"). <p> <strong>Mom</strong>'s inline escapes always take the form <strong>\*[</strong><i>ESCAPE</i><strong>]</strong>, where <i>ESCAPE</i> is composed of capital letters, sometimes followed immediately -by a digit, sometimes followed by a space and a <strong>*numeric -argument</strong>. <strong>Groff</strong>'s escapes begin with the -backslash character but typically have no star and are in lower case. -For example, the <strong>mom</strong> escapes to move forward 6 points -on a line are either +by a digit, sometimes followed by a space and a +<a href="#TERMS_NUMERICARGUMENT">numeric argument</a>. +<strong>Groff</strong>'s escapes begin with the backslash character +but typically have no star and are in lower case. For example, the +<strong>mom</strong> escapes to move forward 6 points on a line are +either <p> <pre> \*[FP6] or \*[FWD 6p] @@ -429,19 +476,25 @@ while the <strong>groff</strong> escape for the same thing is the text for output. <strong>mom</strong>'s macros always begin with a period, on a line by themselves, and must be typed in capital letters. Typically, macros contain complex commands issued to groff -- behind -the scenes -- via groff <strong>*primitives</strong>. +the scenes -- via groff +<a href="#TERMS_PRIMITIVES">primitives</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_UNITS"><em>Machine units</em></a> -<dd>A machine unit is 1/1000 of a <strong>*point</strong> when the -groff device is ps. ("ps" means "PostScript" -- -the default device for which groff prepares output, and the device for -which <strong>mom</strong> was specifically designed.) +<dd>A machine unit is 1/1000 of a +<a href="#TERMS_PICASPOINTS">point</a> +when the groff device is ps. ("ps" means +"PostScript" -- the default device for which groff +prepares output, and the device for which <strong>mom</strong> was +specifically designed.) <dt><a name="TERMS_NUMERICARGUMENT"><em>Numeric argument</em></a> -<dd>An <strong>*argument</strong> that has the form of a digit. -Numeric arguments can be built out of arithmetic expressions using -+, -, *, and / for plus, minus, times, and divided-by respectively. -If a numeric argument requires a <strong>*unit of measure</strong>, +<dd>An +<a href="#TERMS_ARGUMENT">argument</a> +that has the form of a digit. Numeric arguments can be built out +of arithmetic expressions using +, -, *, and / for plus, minus, +times, and divided-by respectively. If a numeric argument requires +a +<a href="#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">unit of measure</a>, a unit of measure must be appended to <em>every</em> digit in the argument. For example: <p> @@ -463,9 +516,12 @@ or minus sign when using <strong>mom</strong>'s macros is slim. native command language, and out of which macros are built. <dt><a name="TERMS_STRINGARGUMENT"><em>String Argument</em></a> -<dd>Technically, any <strong>*argument</strong> that is not numeric. -In this documentation, string argument means an argument that requires -the user to input text. For example, in the <strong>*macro</strong> +<dd>Technically, any +<a href="#TERMS_ARGUMENTS">argument</a> +that is not numeric. In this documentation, string argument means +an argument that requires the user to input text. For example, in +the +<a href="#TERMS_MACROS">macro</a> <p> <pre> .TITLE "My Pulitzer Novel" @@ -475,13 +531,14 @@ the user to input text. For example, in the <strong>*macro</strong> <p> Because string arguments must be enclosed by double-quotes, you can't use double-quotes as part of the string argument. If you need -double-quotes to be part of a string argument, use the <strong>*inline -escapes</strong> <strong> \(lq</strong> and <strong>\(rq</strong> -(leftquote and rightquote respectively) in place of the double-quote -character ("). +double-quotes to be part of a string argument, use the +<a href="#TERMS_INLINES">inline escapes</a> +\(lq</strong> and <strong>\(rq</strong> (leftquote and rightquote +respectively) in place of the double-quote character ("). <dt><a name="TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE"><em>Unit of measure</em></a> -<dd>The single letter after a <strong>*numeric argument</strong> +<dd>The single letter after a +<a href="#TERMS_NUMERICARGUMENT">numeric argument</a> that tells <strong>mom</strong> what measurement scale the argument should use. Common valid units are: <p> @@ -525,10 +582,15 @@ and 5 points. If you want 12 picas and 5 points, you have to enter the measure as 12P+5p. <dt><a name="TERMS_ZEROWIDTHCHARACTER"><em>Zero-width character</em></a> -<dd>The <strong>*inline escape</strong> that allows you to print a -literal period, apostrophe and, if <strong>*output lines</strong> -are <strong>*filled</strong>, a space that falls at the beginning of -an <strong>*input line</strong>. It looks like this: +<dd>The +<a href="#TERMS_INLINES">inline escape</a> +that allows you to print a literal period, apostrophe and, if +<a href="#TERMS_OUTPUTLINE">output lines</a> +are +<a href="#TERMS_FILLED">filled</a>, +a space that falls at the beginning of an +<a href="#TERMS_INPUTLINE">input line</a>. +It looks like this: <p> <pre> \& @@ -537,11 +599,12 @@ an <strong>*input line</strong>. It looks like this: (backslash followed by an ampersand). <p> Normally, groff interprets a period (or an apostrophe) at the beginning -of an input line as meaning that what follows is a <strong>*control -line</strong>. In fill modes, groff treats a space at the beginning -of an input line as meaning "start a new line and put a space -at the beginning of it." If you want groff to interpret periods -and apostrophes at the beginning of input lines literally (i.e. print +of an input line as meaning that what follows is a +<a href="#TERMS_CONTROLLINES">control line</a>. +In fill modes, groff treats a space at the beginning of an input +line as meaning "start a new line and put a space at the +beginning of it." If you want groff to interpret periods and +apostrophes at the beginning of input lines literally (i.e. print them), or spaces at the beginning of input lines as just garden variety word spaces, you must start the line with the zero-width character. @@ -570,16 +633,19 @@ character. </ul> <dl> <dt><a name="TERMS_BLOCKQUOTE"><em>Blockquote</em></a> -<dd>Cited material other than <strong>*quotes</strong>. +<dd>Cited material other than +<a href="#TERMS_QUOTE">quotes</a>. Typically set at a smaller point size than paragraph text, indented from the left and right margins. Blockquotes are -<strong>*filled</strong>. +<a href="#TERMS_FILLED">filled</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_CONTROLMACRO"><em>Control macro</em></a> <dd>Macros used in <a href="docprocessing.html#DOCPROCESSING">document processing</a> to control/alter the appearance of document elements (e.g. heads, -quotes, footnotes, <strong>*headers</strong>, etc.). +quotes, footnotes, +<a href="#TERMS_HEADER">headers</a>, +etc.). <dt><a name="TERMS_DOCHEADER"><em>Document header/docheader</em></a> <dd>Document information (title, subtitle, author, etc) output @@ -593,7 +659,7 @@ beginning of a chapter, story, or other document. <dd>Document information (frequently author and title) output in the bottom margin of pages <em>after</em> page one. Not to be confused with footnotes, which are considered part of -<strong>*running text</strong>. +<a href="#TERMS_RUNNING">running text</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_HEAD"><em>Head</em></a> <dd>A title that introduces a major section of a document. @@ -603,20 +669,23 @@ confused with footnotes, which are considered part of the top margin of pages <em>after</em> page one. <p> <strong>NOTE:</strong> In terms of content and style, headers and -<strong>*footers</strong> are the same; they differ only in their -placement on the page. In most places in this documentation, -references to the content or style of headers applies equally to -footers. +<a href="#TERMS_FOOTER">footers</a> +are the same; they differ only in their placement on the page. In +most places in this documentation, references to the content or +style of headers applies equally to footers. <dt><a name="TERMS_LINEBREAK"><em>Linebreak/author linebreak</em></a> -<dd>A horizontal gap in <strong>*running text</strong>, frequently -set off by typographic symbols such as asterisks or daggers. Used to -indicate a shift in the content of a document (e.g. a scene change in a -short story). Also commonly called a scene break. +<dd>A horizontal gap in +<a href="#TERMS_RUNNING">running text</a>, +frequently set off by typographic symbols such as asterisks or +daggers. Used to indicate a shift in the content of a document +(e.g. a scene change in a short story). Also commonly called a +scene break or a section break. <dt><a name="TERMS_PARAHEAD"><em>Paragraph head</em></a> <dd>A title joined to the body of a paragraph; hierarchically one -level beneath <strong>*subheads</strong>. +level beneath +<a href="#TERMS_SUBHEAD">subheads</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_QUOTE"><em>Quote</em></a> <dd>A quote, to <strong>mom</strong>, is a line-for-line setting @@ -628,14 +697,16 @@ with quotes. <dt><a name="TERMS_RUNNING"><em>Running text</em></a> <dd>In a document formatted with <strong>mom</strong>, running text means text that forms the body of the document, including -elements such as heads and subheads. <strong>*Docheaders, -*headers, *footers</strong> and page numbers are NOT part of -running text. +elements such as heads and subheads. +<a href="#TERMS_DOCHEADER">Docheaders</a>, +<a href="#TERMS_HEADER">headers</a>, +<a href="#TERMS_FOOTER">footers</a> +and page numbers are NOT part of running text. <dt><a name="TERMS_SUBHEAD"><em>Subhead</em></a> <dd>A title used to introduce secondary sections of a document; hierarchically one level beneath sections introduced by -<strong>*heads</strong>. +<a href="#TERMS_HEAD">heads</a>. <dt><a name="TERMS_TOGGLE"><em>Toggle</em></a> <dd>A macro or tag that, when invoked without an argument, diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html index 0ad01b22..194e5e73 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docelement.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -703,7 +704,27 @@ before or after it any argument (<strong>OFF, QUIT, Q, X</strong>...) cancels its effect, meaning that paragraphs will once again NOT be separated by a blank line. - +<p> +<strong>NOTE:</strong> If <strong>PARA_SPACE</strong> is on, +<strong>mom</strong> spaces only those paragraphs that come after +an "initial" paragraph. Initial paragraphs are those +that come immediately after the +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_DOCHEADER">docheader</a>, +<a href="#EPIGRAPH_INTRO">epigraphs</a>, +<a href="#HEAD_INTRO">heads</a>, +<a href="#SUBHEAD_INTRO">subheads</a> +and +<a href="#LINEBREAK_INTRO">linebreaks</a>. +(The first paragraph after these document elements requires no +blank line to separate it from other paragraphs.) +<p> +Sometimes, you can be fairly deep into a document before using +<strong>.PP</strong> for the first time, and when you do, because +<strong>mom</strong> is still waiting for that "initial" +paragraph, she doesn't space it with a blank line, even though +you expect her to. The simple workaround for this is to invoke +<strong>.PP</strong> <em>twice</em> (in succession) at the point you +expect the blank line to appear. <br> <hr> @@ -795,7 +816,7 @@ underlining, and so on. Check them out if you're unhappy with <li><a href="#HEAD_INLINES">Vertical inline escapes inside heads</a> </ol> <p> -<a name="HEAD_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/quad</u></h3></a> +<a name="HEAD_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/colour/quad</u></h3></a> <p> See <a href="#CONTROL_MACRO_ARGS">Arguments to the control macros</a>. @@ -914,8 +935,8 @@ For example, <p> <pre> .HEAD "\[ALD3]Text of head" - or - .HEAD "\[DOWN 3p]Text of head" + or + .HEAD "\[DOWN 3p]Text of head" </pre> will lower the baseline of the head by three points. Note that @@ -926,8 +947,8 @@ the escape in the string for each line, like this: <p> <pre> .HEAD "\[ALD3]First line" "\[ALD3]Next line" - or - .HEAD "\[DOWN 3p]First line" "\[DOWN 3p]Next line" + or + .HEAD "\[DOWN 3p]First line" "\[DOWN 3p]Next line" </pre> <hr> @@ -1092,7 +1113,7 @@ In addition to the family/font/size/colour/indent control macros, there are macros to manage parahead numbering. <p> <ol> - <li><a href="#PARAHEAD_GENERAL">Family/font/colour/size</a> + <li><a href="#PARAHEAD_GENERAL">Family/font/size/color</a> <li><a href="#PARAHEAD_INDENT">Indent</a> <li><a href="#NUMBER_PARAHEADS">Numbering</a> <li><a href="#RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER">Reset parahead numbering</a> @@ -1410,7 +1431,7 @@ argument (e.g. OFF, END, X, Q...) to turn it off. Example: <li><a href="#BREAK_QUOTE">Manually break a footnoted quote that crosses pages/columns</a> </ol> <p> -<a name="QUOTE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/indent</u></h3></a> +<a name="QUOTE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/colour/indent</u></h3></a> <p> See <a href="#CONTROL_MACRO_ARGS">Arguments to the control macros</a>. @@ -1463,6 +1484,16 @@ is enabled (see <a name="BREAK_QUOTE"><h3><u>4. Manually break a footnoted quote -- BREAK_QUOTE</u></h3></a> <p> +<strong>NOTE:</strong> <em>As of version 1.1.9, the macro</em> +<strong>BREAK_QUOTE</strong> <em>has become obsolete (or, at least, +should have become obsolete.) It remains here for backward +compatibility with documents created prior to 1.1.9, and just in +case, despite my efforts to make it obsolete, you still encounter the +problem it's supposed to fix. Should you find yourself having to +use</em> <strong>BREAK_QUOTE</strong> <em>while running</em> <strong>mom</strong> +1.1.9 <em>or higher, please notify me immediately.</em> + +<p> Exceptionally, a quote or blockquote containing a footnote may cross a page or column. When this happens, the footnote marker may not be correct for its position relative to other footnotes on the page, and @@ -1553,18 +1584,18 @@ with <p> <strong>NOTE:</strong> The aliases <strong>CITE</strong> and <strong>CITATION</strong> may be used in place of the -<strong>BLOCKQUOTE</strong> tag, but "CITE" and -"CITATION" must not be used to replace "BLOCKQUOTE" -in any of the tag's control macros. +<strong>BLOCKQUOTE</strong> tag, as well as in any of the control +macros that begin with <strong>BLOCKQUOTE_</strong> or end with +<strong>_BLOCKQUOTE</strong>. <a name="BLOCKQUOTE_CONTROL"><h3><u>Blockquote control macros</u></h3></a> <ol> - <li><a href="#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">Family/font/size/colour/indent</a> + <li><a href="#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">Family/font/size/colour/quad/indent</a> <li><a href="#ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES">Spacing above and below (typeset only)</a> <li><a href="#BREAK_QUOTE">Manually break a footnoted blockquote that crosses pages/columns</a> </ol> <p> -<a name="BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/indent</u></h3></a> +<a name="BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/colour/quad/indent</u></h3></a> <p> See <a href="#CONTROL_MACRO_ARGS">Arguments to the control macros</a>. @@ -1574,6 +1605,7 @@ See .BLOCKQUOTE_FONT default = italic .BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE default = -1 (point) .BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR default = black +.BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD default = left .QUOTE_INDENT default = paragraph indent x 3 (typeset); x 2 (typewrite)</a> (note that this macro also sets the left indent for quotes) </pre> @@ -1925,9 +1957,12 @@ When your choice of enumerators is <strong>DIGIT</strong> AND the number of items in the list exceeds nine (9), you have to make a design decision: should <strong>mom</strong> leave room for the extra numeral in two-numeral digits to the right or the left of -the single-numeral digits? If you want the extra space to the -right, just invoke the macro, <strong>PAD_LIST_DIGITS</strong> by -itself. This will produce something like +the single-numeral digits? +<p> +If you want the extra space to the right, invoke the macro, +<strong>.PAD_LIST_DIGITS</strong> (with no argument), after +<strong>LIST</strong> and before <strong>ITEM</strong>. This will +produce something like <p> <pre> 8. List item @@ -1991,11 +2026,12 @@ document that's footnote-heavy, you might want to read the following. <a name="FOOTNOTE_BEHAVIOUR"><h3><u>Footnote behaviour</u></h3></a> <p> -By default, <strong>mom</strong> marks footnotes with -alternating stars (asterisks) and daggers. The first footnote -gets a star, the second a dagger, the third two stars, -the fourth two daggers, etc. If you prefer numbered footnotes, rest -assured <strong>mom</strong> is happy to oblige. +By default, <strong>mom</strong> marks footnotes with alternating +stars (asterisks), daggers, and double-daggers. The first footnote +gets a star, the second a dagger, the third a double-dagger, the +fourth two stars, the fifth two daggers, etc. If you prefer +numbered footnotes, rest assured <strong>mom</strong> is happy to +oblige. <p> A small amount of vertical whitespace and a short horizontal rule separate footnotes from the document body. The amount of whitespace @@ -2007,11 +2043,19 @@ are always flush with the document's bottom margin. <p> If <strong>mom</strong> sees that a portion of a footnote cannot be fit on its page, she carries that portion over to the next -page. If an entire footnote can't be fitted on its page (i.e. +page. If an entire footnote can't be fit on its page (i.e. <strong>FOOTNOTE</strong> has been called too close to the bottom), she defers the footnote to the next page, but sets it with the appropriate marker from the previous page. <p> +When footnotes occur within cited text, for example a +<a href="#QUOTE">QUOTE</a> +or a +<a href="#BLOCKQUOTE">BLOCKQUOTE</a>, +<strong>mom</strong> will usually opt for deferring the footnote +over to the next page if it allows her to complete the cited text +on one page. +<p> In the unfortunate happenstance that a deferred footnote is the only footnote on its page (i.e. it's marked in the document body with a star) and the page it's deferred to has its own footnotes, @@ -2023,21 +2067,38 @@ numbered footnotes that begin at 1 on every page). The blank line makes it clear that the first footnote entry belongs to the previous page. <p> -In the circumstance where a deferred footnote is not the only one on -its page, and is consequently marked by something other than a single -star, there's no confusion and <strong>mom</strong> doesn't bother -with the blank line. (By convention, the first footnote on a page is -always marked with a single star, so if readers see, say, a dagger or two -stars marking the first footnote entry, they'll know the entry belongs -to the previous page). +In the circumstance where a deferred footnote is not the only one +on its page, and is consequently marked by something other than a +single star, there's no confusion and <strong>mom</strong> doesn't +bother with the blank line. (By convention, the first footnote on +a page is always marked with a single star, so if readers see, say, +a dagger or double-dagger marking the first footnote entry, they'll +know the entry belongs to the previous page). <p> Obviously, deferred footnotes aren't an issue if you request numbered footnotes that increase incrementally throughout the whole document -- yet another convenience <strong>mom</strong> has thought of. <p> -Exceptionally, you may encounter problems with footnotes inside -quotes and blockquotes that cross a page or column. See -<a href="#BREAK_QUOTE">BREAK_QUOTE</a> +While <strong>mom</strong>'s handling of footnotes is +sophisticated, and tries to take nearly every imaginable situation +under which they might occur into account, some situations are +simply impossible from a typographic standpoint. For example, if +you have a +<a href="#HEAD">HEAD</a> +near the bottom of the page AND that page has some footnotes on it, +<strong>mom</strong> may simply not have room to set any text under +the head (normally, she insists on having room for at least one line +of text beneath a head). In such an instance, <strong>mom</strong> +will either set the head, with nothing under it but footnotes, +or transfer the head to the next page. Either way, you'll have a +gaping hole at the bottom of the page. It's a sort of typographic +Catch-22, and can only be resolved by you, the writer or formatter +of the document, adjusting the type on the offending page so as to +circumvent the problem. +<p> +<strong>NOTE:</strong> Exceptionally, you may encounter problems with footnotes inside +quotes and blockquotes that cross a page or column. See <a +href="#BREAK_QUOTE">BREAK_QUOTE</a> for a solution. <p> @@ -2106,7 +2167,7 @@ above. <li><a href="#FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ">Adjust vertical position of footnote separator rule</a> </ol> <p> -<a name="FOOTNOTE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/quad/lead</u></h3></a> +<a name="FOOTNOTE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Family/font/size/colour/lead/quad</u></h3></a> <p> See <a href="#CONTROL_MACRO_ARGS">Arguments to the control macros</a>. @@ -2184,7 +2245,7 @@ which sets the length to 1 inch. Note that a is required. The default is 4 <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_PICASPOINTS">picas</a> for both -<a href="docprocessing.html#PRINTSTYLE">printstyles</a>. +<a href="docprocessing.html#PRINTSTYLE">PRINTSTYLES</a>. <p> <a name="FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ"><h3><u>7. Adjust vertical position of footnote separator rule -- FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ</u></h3></a> @@ -2225,14 +2286,19 @@ The use of <strong>FINIS</strong> is optional. If you invoke it <a href="#TOC">TOC</a> or <a href="#ENDNOTES">ENDNOTES</a>), -<strong>mom</strong> turns off -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FOOTER">footers</a> -(if they're on) and page numbering (if page -numbers are at the bottom of the page) and deposits the word -END, centred after a blank line, beneath the last +<strong>mom</strong> +deposits the word END, centred after a blank line, beneath the last line of the document. END is enclosed between <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_EM">em-dashes</a>. <p> +<strong>Please note</strong> that in versions of +<strong>mom</strong> prior to 1.1.9, <strong>FINIS</strong> used to +turn off +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FOOTER">footers</a> +(if they were on) and page numbering (if page numbers were at the +bottom of the page). Damned if I can recall why I thought anyone +would want this behaviour, but it has been removed. +<p> If you're writing in a language other than English, you can change what <strong>mom</strong> prints for END with the control macro <strong>FINIS_STRING</strong>. @@ -2520,14 +2586,23 @@ after the previous invocation. <a name="ENDNOTE_CONTROL"><h3><u>Endnote control macros</u></h3></a> <p> -Every time you embed an endnote in the body of a document, -<strong>mom</strong> collects <em>and processes</em> the endnote for -later outputting when you invoke -<a href="#ENDNOTES">ENDNOTES</a>. -For this reason, endnote control macros should always be invoked prior -to the first instance of -<a href="#ENDNOTE">ENDNOTE/ENDNOTE OFF</a>. +<strong>VERY IMPORTANT NOTE!</strong> <br> +Endnote control macros must always be invoked prior to the first +instance of +<a href="#ENDNOTE">ENDNOTE/ENDNOTE OFF</a>. +<p> +When you embed endnotes in the body of a document, +<strong>mom</strong> collects <em>and processes</em> them for later +outputting (when you invoke +<a href="#ENDNOTES">ENDNOTES</a>). +By the time you do invoke <strong>ENDNOTES</strong>, it's much too +late to change your mind about how you want them to look. +<p> +My advice? If you're planning to change the default appearance of +endnotes pages, set them up prior to +<a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a>. +<p> <ol> <li><a href="#ENDNOTES_GENERAL"><strong>General endnotes-pages style control</strong></a> <ul> @@ -2954,8 +3029,8 @@ See <p> <pre> .ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman -.ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT* default = bold -.ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE default = +1 +.ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT default = bold +.ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE* default = +1 .ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD default = centred *Relative to the size of the endnotes text (set with ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE) @@ -3292,6 +3367,7 @@ the toc. The choice is yours. </ul> <li><a href="#TOC_ADDITIONAL"><strong>Additional toc control macros</strong></a> <ul> + <li><a href="#TOC_TITLE_ENTRY">Change the wording of a toc title entry</a> <li><a href="#TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR">Append author(s) to toc title entries</a> <li><a href="#TOC_RV_SWITCH">TOC_RV_SWITCH</a> <li><a href="#TOC_PADDING">TOC_PADDING</a> @@ -3625,6 +3701,51 @@ The same result can be accomplished by outputting a <hr width="33%" align="left"> +<!---TOC_TITLE_ENTRY---> + +<p> +<a name="TOC_TITLE_ENTRY"> + Macro: <strong>TOC_TITLE_ENTRY</strong> <var><"alternate wording for a title entry in the toc"></var> +</a> +<p> +In +<a href="rectoverso.html#COLLATE">collated</a> +documents, the title of each separate document appears in the table +of contents. It may sometimes happen that you don't want the title +as it appears in the toc to be the same as what appears in +the +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_DOCHEADER">docheader</a>. +You might, for example, want to shorten it. Or, in the case of +chapters where the docheader contains both a chapter number and a +chapter title, like this +<p> +<pre> + Chapter 6 + Burning Bush -- Maybe God Was Right +</pre> + +you might want only the chapter title, not the chapter number, to +show up in the toc. (By default, <strong>TOC</strong> generates +both.) +<p> +If you want to change the wording of a title entry in the toc, +simply invoke <strong>TOC_TITLE_ENTRY</strong> with the desired +wording, enclosed in double-quotes. Using the example, above, +<p> +<pre> + .CHAPTER 6 + .CHAPTER_TITLE "Burning Bush -- Maybe God Was Right" + .TOC_TITLE_ENTRY "Burning Bush" + .DOCTYPE CHAPTER +</pre> + +would identify chapter 6 in the toc simply as "Burning +Bush". + +<p> + +<hr width="33%" align="left"> + <!---TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR---> <p> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html index 41d58b83..59fd91f0 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/docprocessing.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -37,8 +38,11 @@ <li><a href="#SUBTITLE">SUBTITLE</a> <li><a href="#AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a> <li><a href="#CHAPTER">CHAPTER</a> + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_TITLE">CHAPTER_TITLE</a> <li><a href="#DRAFT">DRAFT</a> <li><a href="#REVISION">REVISION</a> + <li><a href="#COPYRIGHT">COPYRIGHT</a> + <li><a href="#MISC">MISC</a> </ul> <li><a href="#DOCSTYLE_MACROS"><strong>The Docstyle Macros</strong></a> <ul> @@ -438,11 +442,16 @@ some reference information. The reference macros are: <ul> <li>TITLE <li>DOCTITLE + <li>COVERTITLE <li>SUBTITLE <li>AUTHOR <li>CHAPTER -- the chapter number <li>DRAFT -- the draft number <li>REVISION -- the revision number + <li>COPYRIGHT -- only used on cover pages + <li>MISC -- only used on cover pages + <li>COVER_TITLE -- only on cover pages; only if needed + <li>DOC_COVER_TITLE -- only on document cover pages; only if needed </ul> <p> You can use as many or as few as you wish, although at a minimum, @@ -512,7 +521,10 @@ here to change <strong>mom</strong>'s document defaults (paper size, margins, family, point size, line space, rag, etc), or any of the document processing macros that set/change/control the appearance of document elements. Think of this as the -"style-sheet " section of a document. +"style-sheet " section of a document. And please note: +you MUST give <strong>mom</strong> a +<a href="#PRINTSTYLE">PRINTSTYLE</a> +directive <strong>before</strong> making any such changes. <p> Joe Blow wants his story printed in Helvetica, 12 on 14, rag right, with @@ -647,8 +659,12 @@ document processing macros. <li><a href="#SUBTITLE">SUBTITLE</a> <li><a href="#AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a> <li><a href="#CHAPTER">CHAPTER</a> + <li><a href="#CHAPTER_TITLE">CHAPTER_TITLE</a> <li><a href="#DRAFT">DRAFT</a> <li><a href="#REVISION">REVISION</a> + <li><a href="#COPYRIGHT">COPYRIGHT</a> + <li><a href="#MISC">MISC</a> + <li><a href="#COVERTITLE">COVERTITLE</a> </ul> <br> @@ -685,7 +701,7 @@ title of the opus, not "CHAPTER whatever". <hr width="66%" align="left"> <p> -<a name="DOC_TITLE"></a> +<a name="DOCTITLE"></a> Macro: <strong>DOCTITLE</strong> <var>"<overall document title>"</var> <br> <em>*Argument must be enclosed in double-quotes</em> @@ -794,6 +810,10 @@ single line She also puts the same thing in the middle of <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_HEADER">page headers</a>. <p> +Please note that if your argument to <strong>CHAPTER</strong> runs +to more than one word, you must enclose the argument in +double-quotes. +<p> If you're not using <strong>DOCTYPE CHAPTER</strong>, the macro serves no purpose and <strong>mom</strong> ignores it. <p> @@ -823,7 +843,7 @@ Macro: <strong>CHAPTER_TITLE</strong> <var>"<chapter title>"</va <p> If, either in addition to or instead of "Chapter #" appearing at the top of chapters, you want your chapter to have a title, use -<strong>CHAPTER_TITLE</strong> with your title enclosed in +<strong>CHAPTER_TITLE</strong>, with your title enclosed in double-quotes, like this: <p> <pre> @@ -832,8 +852,8 @@ double-quotes, like this: If you've used <a href="#CHAPTER">CHAPTER</a> to give the chapter a number, -"Chapter #" and the title will appear at the top of the -chapter, like this: +both "Chapter #" and the chapter title will appear at the +top of the chapter, like this: <p> <pre> Chapter 1 @@ -991,8 +1011,80 @@ roll your own <strong>.DRAFT</strong> and/or <strong>.DRAFT_STRING</strong> as well, simply supply arguments to either or both. <p> -<hr> +<!---COPYRIGHT---> + +<hr width="66%" align="left"> +<p> +<a name="COPYRIGHT"></a> +Macro: <strong>COPYRIGHT</strong> <var>"<copyright info>"</var> + +<p> +The argument passed to <strong>COPYRIGHT</strong> is only used on +cover or doc cover pages, and then only if the argument COPYRIGHT is +passed to +<a href="cover.html#COVER">COVER</a> +or +<a href="cover.html#DOC_COVER">DOC_COVER</a>. +Do not include the copyright symbol in the argument passed to +<strong>COPYRIGHT</strong>; <strong>mom</strong> puts it in for +you. +<p> + +<!---MISC---> + +<hr width="66%" align="left"> +<p> +<a name="MISC"></a> +Macro: <strong>MISC</strong> <var>"<argument 1>" ["<argument 2>" "<argument 3>" ...]</var> + +<p> +The argument(s) passed to <strong>MISC</strong> are only used on +cover or doc cover pages, and then only if the argument MISC is +passed to +<a href="cover.html#COVER">COVER</a> +or +<a href="cover.html#DOC_COVER">DOC_COVER</a>. +<strong>MISC</strong> can contain any information you like. Each +argument appears on a separate line at the bottom of the cover or +doc cover page. +<p> +For example, if you're submitting an essay where the prof has +requested that you include the course number, his name and the +date, you could do +<p> +<pre> + .MISC "Music History 101" "Professor Hasbeen" "Dec. 24, 2006" +</pre> + +and the information would appear on the essay's cover page. +<p> + +<!---COVER_TITLE---> + +<hr width="66%" align="left"> +<p> +<a name="COVERTITLE"></a> +Macro: <strong>COVERTITLE</strong> <var>"<user defined cover page title>"</var> +<br> +Macro: <strong>DOC_COVERTITLE</strong> <var>"<user defined document cover page title>"</var> + +<p> +The argument passed to <strong>COVERTITLE</strong> or +<strong>DOC_COVERTITLE</strong>is only used on cover or doc cover +pages, and then only if the argument COVERTITLE is passed to +<a href="cover.html#COVER">COVER</a> +or +<a href="cover.html#DOC_COVER">DOC_COVER</a>. +<p> +The only time you require a <strong>COVERTITLE</strong> or +<strong>DOC_COVERTITLE</strong>is when none of the required first +arguments to <strong>COVER</strong> or <strong>DOC_COVER</strong> +fits your needs for the title you want to appear on cover (or doc +cover) pages. + +<p> +<hr> <!========================================================================> <a name="DOCSTYLE_MACROS"> @@ -1132,10 +1224,16 @@ a document, or to print it out "typewritten, doubled-spaced". document processing to take place, <strong>mom</strong> requires a <strong>PRINTSTYLE</strong>. If you don't give one, <strong>mom</strong> will warn you on stderr and print a single -page with a nasty message. Furthermore, <strong>PRINTSTYLE</strong> -must come before any changes to <strong>mom</strong>'s default -typestyle parameters. (This applies primarily to -<strong>PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</strong>. +page with a nasty message. +<p> +Furthermore, <strong>PRINTSTYLE</strong> must come before any +changes to <strong>mom</strong>'s default typestyle parameters. +(This applies primarily to, but is by no means restricted to, +<strong>PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</strong>.) <strong>PRINTSTYLE</strong> +sets up complete "templates" that include default +papersize, margins, family, fonts, point sizes, and so on. +Therefore, changes to any aspect of document style must come +afterwards. <p> <strong>TYPESET</strong>, as the argument implies, typesets documents (by default in Times Roman; see @@ -1146,20 +1244,22 @@ as well as the <a href="definitions.html#STYLE_CONTROL">style control macros</a> of document processing. <p> -As mentioned in the above paragraph, <strong>PRINTSTYLE -TYPESET</strong> must come before any changes to -<strong>mom</strong>'s default typographic settings. For example, +As mentioned above, <strong>PRINTSTYLE TYPESET</strong> must come +before any changes to <strong>mom</strong>'s default typographic +settings. For example, <pre> + .PAPER A4 .LS 14 .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET </pre> -will not changes <strong>mom</strong>'s default document leading -of 16 points to 14 points, whereas +will not changes <strong>mom</strong>'s default paper size to A4, +nor her default document leading 14 points, whereas <pre> .PRINTSTYLE TYPESET + .PAPER A4 .LS 14 </pre> @@ -1261,6 +1361,7 @@ these macros in the midst of a document, <strong>.UNDERLINE_SLANT</strong> restore underlining of italics and pseudo-italics. <p> +<a name="UNDERLINE_QUOTES"></a> Additionally, by default, <strong>mom</strong> underlines <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_QUOTES">quotes</a> (but not @@ -1401,11 +1502,35 @@ or have different left and/or right page margins. <p> To accomplish such alterations, use the appropriate <a href="typesetting.html#MACROS_TYPESETTING">typesetting macros</a> -(listed below) prior to +(listed below) <strong>after</strong> +<a href="#PRINTSTYLE">PRINTSTYLE</a> +and <strong>before</strong> <a href="#START">START</a>. -Do <strong>NOT</strong> use the macros listed in -<a href="#DOC_PARAM_MACROS">Changing document-wide typesetting parameters after START</a> -prior to <strong>START</strong>; they are exclusively for use afterwards. +<p> +More than one user has, quite understandably, not fully grasped +the significance of the preceding sentence. The part they've missed +is "<u>after <strong>PRINTSTYLE</strong></u>". +<p> +Changes to any aspect of the default look and/or formatting +of a <strong>mom</strong> document must come after +<strong>PRINTSTYLE</strong>. For example, it might seem natural to +set up page margins at the very top of a document with +<p> +<pre> + .L_MARGIN 1i + .R_MARGIN 1.5i +</pre> + +However, when you invoke <strong>.PRINTSTYLE</strong>, those +margins will be overridden. The correct place to set margins--and +all other changes to the look of a document--is <strong>after +PRINTSTYLE</strong>. + +<p> +<strong>NOTE:</strong> Don't use the macros listed in <a +href="#DOC_PARAM_MACROS">Changing document-wide typesetting +parameters after START</a> prior to <strong>START</strong>; they are +exclusively for use afterwards. <p> When used before <strong>START</strong>, @@ -1422,14 +1547,14 @@ the (see note) headers/footers or page numbers) ends on each page PAGE If you use PAGE, its final four arguments have the - same meaning as L_ R_ T_ and B_MARGIN above.) + same meaning as L_ R_ T_ and B_MARGIN (above). LL The line length for everything on the page; equivalent to setting the right margin with R_MARGIN FAMILY The family of all type in the document PT_SIZE The point size of type in paragraphs; mom uses this - calculate automatic point size changes (e.g. for heads, - footnotes, quotes, headers, etc) + to calculate automatic point size changes (e.g. for + heads, footnotes, quotes, headers, etc) LS/AUTOLEAD** The leading used in paragraphs; all leading and spacing of running text is calculated from this @@ -1457,7 +1582,6 @@ document globally (as if you'd entered them <em>before</em> <a name="LRC_NOTE"></a> <h3><u>Special note on .LEFT, .RIGHT and .CENTER prior to START</u></h3> -<p> In a word, these three macros have no effect on document processing when invoked prior to <strong>START</strong>. <p> @@ -1477,10 +1601,11 @@ Subsequent invocations of the same tag for which you want the same change require that you invoke <strong>LEFT</strong>, <strong>RIGHT</strong> or <strong>CENTER</strong> immediately after every invocation of the tag. +<p> <!---COLOR---> <a name="COLOR"><h2><u>Colour</u></h2></a> - +<br> Although it doesn't really matter where you define/initialize colours for use in document processing (see <a href="color.html#NEWCOLOR">NEWCOLOR</a> @@ -1502,6 +1627,26 @@ various document elements (the docheader, heads, linebreaks, footnotes, pagenumbers, and so on) must be managed through the use of the <a href="docelement.html#DOCELEMENT_CONTROL">document element control macros</a>. +<p> +<strong>PLEASE NOTE:</strong> If you plan to have <strong>mom</strong> +generate a +<a href="docelement.html#TOC">table of contents</a>, +do NOT embed colour +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_INLINES">inline escapes</a> +(<a href="color.html#COLOR_INLINE">\[<colorname>]</a>) +in the +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_STRINGARGUMENT">string arguments</a> +given to any of the +<a href="docprocessing.html#REFERENCE_MACROS">reference macros</a>, +nor in the string arguments given to +<a href="docelement.html#HEAD">.HEAD</a>, +<a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD">.SUBHEAD</a> +or +<a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD">.PARAHEAD</a>. +Use, rather, the +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_CONTROLMACRO">control macros</a> +<strong>mom</strong> provides to automatically colourize these +elements. <br> <!---DOC_LEAD_ADJUST---> @@ -1681,7 +1826,7 @@ is the prevailing family of the whole document. and a "Chapter Title" (as above), you may find the <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_LEADING">leading</a> a bit cramped (owing to <strong>mom</strong>'s default docheader -leading. If this is the case, you can adjust the leading either +leading). If this is the case, you can adjust the leading either with <a href="#ADJUST_LEADING">DOCHEADER_LEAD</a> or by including the @@ -1695,11 +1840,12 @@ in the argument you pass to </pre> -<h3><u>The docheader macros to:</u></h3> +<a name="DOCHEADER_CONTROL_INDEX"><h3><u>The docheader macros to:</u></h3></a> <ol> - <li><a href="#CHANGE_START">Change the starting position</a> + <li><a href="#CHANGE_START">Change the starting position of the docheader</a> + <li><a href="#DOCHEADER_FAMILY">Change the family of the entire docheader</a> <li><a href="#ADJUST_LEADING">Adjust the docheader leading</a> - <li><a href="#CHANGE_FAMILY">Change the family of docheader elements</a> + <li><a href="#CHANGE_FAMILY">Change the family of individual docheader elements</a> <li><a href="#CHANGE_FONT">Change the font of docheader elements</a> <li><a href="#CHANGE_COLOR">Change the colour of the docheader</a> <li><a href="#CHANGE_SIZE">Adjust the size of docheader elements</a> @@ -1741,7 +1887,33 @@ Use to place them where you want. <p> -<a name="ADJUST_LEADING"><h3><u>2. Adjust the leading</u></h3></a> +<a name="DOCHEADER_FAMILY"><h3><u>2. Change the family of the entire docheader</u></h3></a> +<p> +By default, <strong>mom</strong> sets the docheader in the same +family used for +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_RUNNING">running text</a>. +If you'd prefer to have your docheaders set in a different family, +invoke <strong>DOCHEADER_FAMILY</strong> with the family you want. +The argument for <strong>DOCHEADER_FAMILY</strong> is the same as +for +<a href="typesetting.html#FAMILY">FAMILY</a>. +<p> +For example, <strong>mom</strong>'s default family for running text +is Times Roman. If you'd like to keep that default, but have the +docheaders set entirely in Helvetica, +<p> +<pre> + .DOCHEADER_FAMILY H +</pre> + +is how you'd do it. +<p> +Please note that if you use <strong>DOCHEADER_FAMILY</strong>, +you can still alter the family of individual parts of the docheader +with the macros listed +<a href="#CHANGE_FAMILY">here</a>. + +<a name="ADJUST_LEADING"><h3><u>3. Adjust the leading</u></h3></a> <p> The <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_LEADING">leading</a> @@ -1765,7 +1937,7 @@ or subtract from the lead of running text). No is required; points is assumed. <p> -<a name="CHANGE_FAMILY"><h3><u>3. Change the family of docheader elements</u></h3></a> +<a name="CHANGE_FAMILY"><h3><u>4. Change the family of docheader elements</u></h3></a> <p> The following macros let you change the <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FAMILY">family</a> @@ -1785,7 +1957,7 @@ would with <a href="typesetting.html#FAMILY">FAMILY</a>. <p> -<a name="CHANGE_FONT"><h3><u>4. Change the font of docheader elements</u></h3></a> +<a name="CHANGE_FONT"><h3><u>5. Change the font of docheader elements</u></h3></a> <p> The following macros let you change the <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FONT">font</a> @@ -1806,7 +1978,7 @@ they do for <a href="typesetting.html#FONT">FT</a>. <p> -<a name="CHANGE_COLOR"><h3><u>5. Change the colour of the docheader</u></h3></a> +<a name="CHANGE_COLOR"><h3><u>6. Change the colour of the docheader elements individually</u></h3></a> <p> The following macros let you change the color of each docheader element separately. You must pre-define (or @@ -1816,23 +1988,32 @@ or <a href="color.html#XCOLOR">XCOLOR</a>. <p> <ul> -<li><strong>TITLE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> -<li><strong>SUBTITLE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> -<li><strong>ATTRIBUTE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> -(the "by" string that precedes the author[s] name[s]) -<li><strong>AUTHOR_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> -<li><strong>DOCTYPE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> (if -<a href="#DOCTYPE">DOCTYPE</a> is NAMED) + <li><strong>TITLE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> + <li><strong>CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> + <ul> + <li><strong>Note: CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR</strong> is needed + only if you enter both a <strong>CHAPTER</strong> + reference macro AND a <strong>CHAPTER_TITLE</strong> + macro. Otherwise, the macro, + <strong>TITLE_COLOR</strong> takes care of colorizing + the chapter header. + </ul> + <li><strong>SUBTITLE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> + <li><strong>ATTRIBUTE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> + (the "by" string that precedes the author[s] name[s]) + <li><strong>AUTHOR_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> + <li><strong>DOCTYPE_COLOR</strong> <var><colorname></var> (if + <a href="#DOCTYPE">DOCTYPE</a> is NAMED) </ul> <p> It is not recommended that you embed colour (with the <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_INLINES">inline escape</a>, <a href="color.html#COLOR_INLINE">\*[<colorname>]</a>) in the strings passed to -<strong>TITLE</strong>, <strong>SUBTITLE</strong>, -<strong>AUTHOR</strong> or the name you give <strong>DOCTYPE -NAMED</strong>. The strings passed to these macros are used to -generate page +<strong>TITLE</strong>, <strong>CHAPTER_TITLE</strong>, +<strong>SUBTITLE</strong>, <strong>AUTHOR</strong> or the name you +give <strong>DOCTYPE NAMED</strong>. The strings passed to these +macros are used to generate page <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_HEADER">headers</a> and <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FOOTER">footers</a>. @@ -1840,13 +2021,14 @@ An embedded colour will cause the string to be colourized any time it appears in headers or footers. (If you want headers or footers colourized, or parts thereof, use the header/footer control macros <p> +<a name="DOCHEADER_COLOR"></a> If you want to colourize the entire docheader, use the macro <p> <ul> <li><strong>DOCHEADER_COLOR</strong> <var><color name></var>. </ul> -<a name="CHANGE_SIZE"><h3><u>6. Adjust the size of docheader elements</u></h3></a> +<a name="CHANGE_SIZE"><h3><u>7. Adjust the size of docheader elements</u></h3></a> <p> The following macros let you adjust the point size of each docheader element separately. @@ -1881,7 +2063,7 @@ default = +3 Simply pass the appropriate macro the size adjustment you want. <p> -<a name="CHANGE_ATTRIBUTE"><h3><u>7. Change the attribution string ("by")</u></h3></a> +<a name="CHANGE_ATTRIBUTE"><h3><u>8. Change the attribution string ("by")</u></h3></a> <p> If you're not writing in English, you can change what <strong>mom</strong> prints where "by" appears in @@ -1911,7 +2093,7 @@ in the argument to <strong>ATTRIBUTE_STRING</strong>. For example, <p> <pre> - .ATTRIBUTE_STRING "\f[HBI]\*S[-2p] by \*S[+2p]\*[PREV]" + .ATTRIBUTE_STRING "\f[HBI]\*[SIZE -2p] by \*[SIZE +2p]\*[PREV]" </pre> would set "by" in Helvetica bold italic, 2 points @@ -1995,12 +2177,10 @@ output in columns is just too ghastly for her to bear. <a href="typesetting.html#TYPESETTING_TABS">typesetting tabs</a> and <a href="typesetting.html#STRING_TABS">string tabs</a>) -behave normally during document processing EXCEPT when -<strong>COLUMNS</strong> are enabled. Your tabs will work in the -document column in which they were originally set, but not across -columns. When <strong>mom</strong> (or you) breaks to a new column, -you must redefine your tabs to make them function properly in the -new column. +behave as you'd expect during document processing, even when +<strong>COLUMNS</strong> are enabled. Tab structures set up +during document processing carry over from page to page and column +to column. <a name="BREAKING_COLUMNS"></a> <h3><u>Breaking columns manually</u></h3> @@ -2091,7 +2271,7 @@ parameters of a document <em>before</em> using <a href="typesetting.html#MACROS_TYPESETTING">typesetting macros</a> (<strong>L_MARGIN, FAMILY, PT_SIZE, LS,</strong> etc). After -<strong>START</strong>, you must use the following macros to make +<strong>START</strong>, you MUST use the following macros to make global changes to the basic type parameters of a document. <p> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html index d1abd4cc..3da5872c 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/goodies.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -30,6 +31,7 @@ nearly indispensable) routines to simplify typesetting. <li><a href="#TRAP">TRAP</a> (suspend/re-invoke traps) <li><a href="#SMARTQUOTES">SMARTQUOTES</a> (convert typewriter doublequotes to proper doublequotes) <li><a href="#CAPS">CAPS</a> (convert to upper case) + <li><a href="#STRING">STRING</a> (user-definable strings) <br> <li><strong>Underscore/underline</strong> <ul> @@ -56,6 +58,7 @@ nearly indispensable) routines to simplify typesetting. <li><a href="#DROPCAP_FAMILY">DROPCAP_FAMILY</a> (change drop cap family) <li><a href="#DROPCAP_FONT">DROPCAP_FONT</a> (change drop cap font) <li><a href="#DROPCAP_ADJUST">DROPCAP_ADJUST</a> (alter size of drop cap) + <li><a href="#DROPCAP_COLOR">DROPCAP_COLOR</a> (change colour of drop cap) <li><a href="#DROPCAP_GUTTER">DROPCAP_GUTTER</a> (change space between drop cap and running text) </ul> </ul> @@ -220,13 +223,8 @@ something automatically. Commonly, this is near the bottom of the page, where automatic behind-the-scenes processing is needed in order for one page to finish and another to start. <p> -Sometimes, traps get sprung when you don't want them, notably -when using the -<a href="typesetting.html#EL">EL</a> -and -<a href="typesetting.html#TN">TN</a> -macros. If this happens, surround just the offending macros and -input lines with +Sometimes, traps get sprung when you don't want them. If this +happens, surround just the offending macros and input lines with <p> <pre> .TRAP OFF @@ -238,10 +236,6 @@ input lines with turns it off (i.e. suspends the trap), and no argument turns it (back) on. <p> -Have a look at the <strong>IMPORTANT</strong> sections -of <strong>EL</strong> and <strong>TN</strong> to see -<strong>TRAP</strong> in action. -<p> <!---SMARTQUOTES---> @@ -399,6 +393,51 @@ produces, on output ALL WORK AND NO PLAY MAKES JACK A DULL BOY. </pre> +<!---STRING---> + +<hr width="66%" align="left"> +<a name="STRING"><h3><u>User-defined strings</u></h3></a> +<br> +Macro: <strong>STRING</strong> <var><name> <what you want in the string></var> + +<p> +You may find sometimes that you have to type out portions of text +repeatedly. If you'd like not to wear out your fingers, you can +define a "string" that, whenever you call it by name, +outputs whatever you put into it. +<p> +For example, say you're creating a document that repeatedly uses +the phrase "the Montreal/Windsor corridor". Instead of +typing all that out every time, you could define a string, like +this: +<p> +<pre> + .STRING mw the Montreal/Windsor corridor +</pre> + +Once a string is defined, you can call it any time with the +<a href="definitions.html#INLINES">inline escape</a> +<kbd>\*[<stringname>]</kbd>. Using the example string above +<p> +<pre> + The schedule for trains along \*[mw]: +</pre> + +produces, on output +<p> +<pre> + The schedule for trains along the Montreal/Windsor corridor: +</pre> + +<strong>NOTE:</strong> Be very careful not to put any spaces at the +ends of strings you're defining, unless you want them. Everything +after the name argument you pass to <strong>STRING</strong> goes +into the string, including trailing spaces. +<p> +<strong>Experts: STRING</strong> is an alias for <strong>ds</strong>. +You can use either, or mix 'n' match with impunity. +<p> + <!---UNDERSCORE---> <hr width="66%" align="left"> @@ -943,6 +982,18 @@ to the argument. And always be sure to prepend the plus or minus sign, depending on whether you want the drop cap larger or smaller. + +<h3><a name="DROPCAP_COLOR"><u>DROPCAP_COLOR</u></a></h3> + +If you'd like your drop cap colourized, simply invoke +<strong>DROPCAP_COLOR</strong> with the name of a colour you've already +created ("initialized") with +<a href="color.html#NEWCOLOR">NEWCOLOR</a> +or +<a href="color.html#XCOLOR">XCOLOR</a>. Only the drop cap will be +colourized; all other text will remain at the current colour +default (usually black). + <h3><a name="DROPCAP_GUTTER"><u>DROPCAP_GUTTER</u></a></h3> By default, <strong>mom</strong> puts three points of space diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html index 291a28f7..5f730744 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/headfootpage.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ If you invoke <strong>mom</strong>, by default, does not print a footer on the first page of the document. (The <a href="definitions.html">docheader</a> -on page makes it redundant.) However, should you wish a footer on +on page 1 makes it redundant.) However, should you wish a footer on page 1, invoke <strong>FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</strong> without any argument. <p> <hr> @@ -1572,12 +1573,12 @@ draft-style copy. <a name="PAGINATE_CONTROL"><h3><u>Pagination control macros</u></h3></a> <ol> - <li><a href="#PAGINATE_GENERAL">Family/font/size</a> + <li><a href="#PAGINATE_GENERAL">Family/font/size/colour</a> <li><a href="#PAGENUM_POS">Page number position (vertical and horizontal)</a> <li><a href="#PAGENUM_HYPHENS">Enclose page numbers with hyphens (on or off)</a> </ol> <br> -<a name="PAGINATE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Page number family/font/size</u></h3></a> +<a name="PAGINATE_GENERAL"><h3><u>1. Page number family/font/size/colour</u></h3></a> <p> See <a href="#CONTROL_MACRO_ARGS">Arguments to the control macros</a>. @@ -1586,6 +1587,7 @@ See .PAGENUM_FAMILY default = prevailing document family; default is Times Roman .PAGENUM_FONT default = roman .PAGENUM_SIZE default = 0 (i.e. same size as paragraph text) +.PAGENUM_COLOR default= black </pre> <a name="PAGENUM_POS"><h3><u>2. Page number position</u></h3></a> @@ -1610,7 +1612,7 @@ pages at the top right position, enter .PAGENUM_POS TOP RIGHT </pre> -<a name="#PAGENUM_HYPHENS"><h3><u>3. Enclose page numbers with hyphens (on or off)</u></h3></a> +<a name="PAGENUM_HYPHENS"><h3><u>3. Enclose page numbers with hyphens (on or off)</u></h3></a> <p> By default, <strong>mom</strong> encloses page numbers between hyphens. If you don't want this behaviour, invoke the macro diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html index 7302529f..09dd04be 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/inlines.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -113,12 +114,27 @@ that take <strong>Mom</strong> provides five inlines to change fonts inline. <p> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinefonts"> -<tr><td width="15"><td><strong>\*[ROM]</strong><td>Change font to roman -<tr><td><td><strong>\*[IT]</strong><td>Change font to italic -<tr><td><td><strong>\*[BD]</strong><td>Change font to bold -<tr><td><td><strong>\*[BDI]</strong><td>Change font to bold italic -<tr><td><td><strong>\*[PREV]</strong><td>Revert to previous font</td></tr> +<table valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinefonts"> +<tr> + <td><strong>\*[ROM]</strong></td> + <td>Change font to roman</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\*[IT]</strong></td> + <td>Change font to italic</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\*[BD]</strong></td> + <td>Change font to bold </td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\*[BDI]</strong></td> + <td>Change font to bold italic</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\*[PREV]</strong></td> + <td>Revert to previous font</td> +</tr> </table> <p> See also @@ -205,14 +221,19 @@ for more details). <p> <strong>Mom</strong> permits inline pairwise kerning through the use of the inline escapes -<br> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinekerning"> -<tr><td width="15"><td><pre>\*[BU #]</pre><td>Closes the space between letters (<strong>B</strong>ack <strong>U</strong>nits). -<tr><td><td><pre>\*[FU #]</pre><td>Opens the space between letters (<strong>F</strong>orward <strong>U</strong>nits). +<table valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinekerning"> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[BU n]</pre></td> + <td>Closes the space between letters (<strong>B</strong>ack <strong>U</strong>nits).</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[FU n]</pre></td> + <td>Opens the space between letters (<strong>F</strong>orward <strong>U</strong>nits).</td> +</tr> </table> <br> -"<strong>#</strong>" is the number of <a -href="definitions.html#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a> +"<strong>n</strong>" is the number of +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a> by which to close or open the space between letters. <p> For example, @@ -227,14 +248,15 @@ to the letter W. Additionally, the letter T in "WATER" is moved 5 kern units closer to the letter A. <p> For backward compatibility, the forms -<p> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinekerningold"> -<tr><td width="15"><td><pre>\*[BU1]...\*[BU36]</pre><td> -Move back 1...36 -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a> -<tr><td><td><pre>\*[FU1]...\*[FU36]</pre><td> -Move forward 1...36 -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a> +<table valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinekerningold"> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[BU1]...\*[BU36]</pre></td> + <td>Move back 1...36 <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[FU1]...\*[FU36]</pre></td> + <td>Move forward 1...36 <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_KERNUNIT">kern units</a></td> +</tr> </table> <br> also exist (i.e. with no space before the number of kern units desired, @@ -262,17 +284,21 @@ line in order to create special typographic effects. <p> <strong>Mom</strong>'s inline escapes for these horizontal movements are <p> -<table align="left" valign="baseline" summary="inlinehorizontal"> +<table align="left" valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinehorizontal"> +<tr> <a name="FWD"></a> -<tr><td width="15"><td width="20%"><pre>\*[FWD #<unit>]</pre> -<td>Move forward inline the specified number of -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a>; -decimal fractions are allowed. + <td><pre>\*[FWD n<unit>]</pre></td> + <td width="80%">Move forward inline the specified number of + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a>; + decimal fractions are allowed.</td> +</tr> +<tr> <a name="BCK"></a> -<tr><td><td><pre>\*[BCK #<unit>]</pre> -<td>Move backward inline the specified number of -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a>; -decimal fractions are allowed. + <td><pre>\*[BCK n<unit>]</pre></td> + <td width="80%">Move backward inline the specified number of + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a>; + decimal fractions are allowed.</td> +</tr> </table> <p> For example, @@ -285,9 +311,15 @@ puts 12 points of space between "1." and <p> <strong>NOTE:</strong> For backward compatibility, the forms <p> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinehorizontalold"> -<tr><td width="15"><td><pre>\*[BP.25]...\*[BP12.75]</pre><td>Move back .25...12.75 points -<tr><td><td><pre>\*[FP.25]...\*[FP12.75]</pre><td>Move forward .25...12.75 points</td></tr> +<table valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinehorizontalold"> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[BP.25]...\*[BP12.75]</pre></td> + <td>Move back .25...12.75 points</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[FP.25]...\*[FP12.75]</pre></td> + <td>Move forward .25...12.75 points</td> +</tr> </table> <br> also exist (i.e. with no space before the digit and points being @@ -306,15 +338,19 @@ of 12.75 points. If you need to move portions of type up or down on a line, <strong>mom</strong> provides the following inline escapes: <p> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinevertical"> +<table width="80%" valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinevertical"> +<tr> <a name="UP"></a> -<tr><td width="15"><td><pre>\*[UP #<unit>]</pre> -<td>Move up inline the specified number of -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a> + <td><pre>\*[UP n<unit>]</pre></td> + <td>Move up inline the specified number of + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> <a name="DOWN"></a> -<tr><td><td><pre>\*[DOWN #<unit>]</pre> -<td>Move down inline the specified number of -<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a> + <td><pre>\*[DOWN n<unit>]</pre></td> + <td>Move down inline the specified number of + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_UNITOFMEASURE">units of measure</a></td> +</tr> </table> <br> For example, @@ -329,11 +365,15 @@ moves back down by the same amount. <strong>NOTE:</strong> For backward compatibility, the following are also available: <p> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinevertical"> -<tr><td width="15"><td><pre>\*[ALD.25]...\*[ALD12.75]</pre><td> -Advance lead .25...12.75 points (move downward) -<tr><td><td><pre>\*[RLD.25]...\*[RLD12.75]</pre><td> -Reverse lead .5...12.75 points (move upward)</td></tr> +<table valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinevertical"> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[ALD.25]...\*[ALD12.75]</pre> + <td>Advance lead .25...12.75 points (move downward) +</tr> +<tr> + <td><pre>\*[RLD.25]...\*[RLD12.75]</pre></td> + <td>Reverse lead .5...12.75 points (move upward)</td> +</tr> </table> <p> <p> @@ -412,12 +452,27 @@ for more information on drawing horizontal rules. Groff's basic mechanism for inline font control is the escape <strong>\f</strong>. <p> -<table valign="baseline" summary="inlinefontsgroff"> -<tr><td width="15"><td><strong>\fR</strong><td>Change font to roman -<tr><td><td><strong>\fI</strong><td>Change font to italic -<tr><td><td><strong>\fB</strong><td>Change font to bold -<tr><td><td><strong>\f(BI</strong><td>Change font to bold italic -<tr><td><td><strong>\fP</strong><td>Revert to previous font</td></tr> +<table valign="baseline" cellpadding="10" summary="inlinefontsgroff"> +<tr> + <td><strong>\fR</strong></td> + <td>Change font to roman</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\fI</strong></td> + <td>Change font to italic</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\fB</strong></td> + <td>Change font to bold</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\f(BI</strong></td> + <td>Change font to bold italic</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><strong>\fP</strong></td> + <td>Revert to previous font</td> +</tr> </table> <p> A special instance of <strong>\f</strong> is @@ -602,7 +657,8 @@ For a more complete list, consult the section <em>Special Character Names</em> at the end of the <em>Tutorial Examples</em> in <strong>cstr54</strong>, available <a href="http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/">here</a>, -the groff <strong>info</strong> documentation, or man groff_char. +the groff <strong>info</strong> documentation, or better yet, <kbd>man +groff_char</kbd>. <p> <pre> CHARACTER ESCAPE SEQUENCE diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html index 2bbda4e0..2b20150f 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/intro.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -158,12 +159,12 @@ changes are easy, too. don't provide. For example, you can switch between draft-style and final-copy output. If you regularly make submissions to publishers and editors who insist on "typewritten, double-spaced," there's a -special macro -- +special macro-- <a href="docprocessing.html#PRINTSTYLE">PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a> --- that changes typeset documents into ones that would make your -high-school typing teacher proud. Footnotes, multiple columns, -recto/verso printing and user designable headers and footers are also -part of the fun. +--that changes typeset documents into ones that would make your +high-school typing teacher proud. Footnotes, endnotes, tables of +contents, multiple columns, nested lists, recto/verso printing and +user designable headers and footers are also part of the fun. <p> <a name="INTRO_PHILOSOPHY"> <h2><u>Mom's philosophy</u></h2> @@ -195,8 +196,9 @@ for their special typesetting needs. Not to put too fine a point on it, groff primitives tend toward the abstruse, and most inline escapes are about as readable in-line as an encrypted password. This does not make for happy-camper writers, who either find themselves stuck -with document formatting style they don't really like, or are forced to -learn groff from the ground up -- a daunting task, to say the least. +with a document formatting style they don't really like, or are +forced to learn groff from the ground up--a daunting task, to say +the least. <p> <strong>Mom</strong> aims to make creating documents a simple matter, but with no corresponding loss of user control. The document @@ -249,10 +251,10 @@ that gets tossed. <strong>Mom</strong>'s documentation assumes users know their way around GNU/Linux. It further assumes they at least know what groff is, even if they don't know much about it. Lastly, it assumes that -everyone -- groff newbies and experts alike -- learns faster from +everyone--groff newbies and experts alike--learns faster from a few well-placed examples than from manpage-style reference docs. What <strong>mom</strong>'s documentation doesn't assume is that -you know everything -- not about groff, not about typesetting, +you know everything--not about groff, not about typesetting, not about document processing. Even experts have odd lacunae in their knowledge base. Therefore, whenever I suspect that a term or procedure will cause head scratching, I offer an explanation. diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html index 8a1611e8..bd925dca 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/letters.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a358d291 --- /dev/null +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/macrolist.html @@ -0,0 +1,1676 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> +<title>Mom -- Quick reference guide</title> +</head> +<body bgcolor="#dfdfdf"> + +<!====================================================================> + +<a href="appendices.html#MOREDOC">Next</a> +<a href="typemacdoc.html#TOP">Prev</a> +<a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> + +<a name="TOP"></a> +<h1 align="center"> + <a name="QUICK">Quick reference guide</a> +</h1> + +Once you know your way around <strong>mom</strong>, you may find +this guide preferable to using the Table of Contents. It lists (I +hope) all <strong>mom</strong>'s user-space macros. The links +point to references found elsewhere in the documentation. +<p> +<strong>NOTE:</strong> This guide uses tables extensively. Better +make sure you're reading it in a browser that renders them +sensibly. +<br> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Typesetting</th> + <th>Document processing</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#1">Page/paper size; margins; line length</a></td> + <td><a href="#21">Reference macros</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#2">Family/font; pointsize; leading</a></td> + <td><a href="#22">Letters</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#3">Font modifications</a></td> + <td><a href="#23">Document style</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#4">Underscoring and underlining</a></td> + <td><a href="#24">Special to PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#5">Colour</a></td> + <td><a href="#25">Begin document processing</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#6">Quad, justification and fill</a></td> + <td><a href="#26">Customizing the document header</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#7">Line termination</a></td> + <td><a href="#27">Pagination</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#8">Hyphenation</a></td> + <td><a href="#28">Recto/verso</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#9">Word and sentence spacing</a></td> + <td><a href="#29">Automatic columns</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#10">Kerning; ligatures</a></td> + <td><a href="#30">Epigraphs</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#11">Vertical movements</a></td> + <td><a href="#31">Heads</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#12">Horizontal movements</a></td> + <td><a href="#32">Subheads</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#13">Indents</a></td> + <td><a href="#33">Paragraph heads</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#14">Tabs</a></td> + <td><a href="#34">Paragraphs</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#15">Manual columns</a></td> + <td><a href="#35">Quotes</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#16">Superscripts</a></td> + <td><a href="#36">Blockquotes</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#17">Dropcaps</a></td> + <td><a href="#37">Author linebreaks</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#18">Lists</a></td> + <td><a href="#38">Footnotes</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#19">Padding lines</a></td> + <td><a href="#39">Endnotes</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="#20">Miscellaneous</a></td> + <td><a href="#40">Designing endnotes pages</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#41">Table of contents</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#42">Designing a table of contents</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#43">Finis</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#44">Headers and footers</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#45">Part-by-part control + <br>of headers</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#46">Footers</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#47">Covers and doc covers</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#48">Customizing covers + <br>and doc covers</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#49">Part-by-part control of + <br>covers and doc covers</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#50">Miscellaneous</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<br> +<hr> +<h2 align="center"><u>Typesetting macros</u></h2> + +<a name="1"><h3 align="center">Page/paper size; margins; line length</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Page/paper size</th> + <th>Margins</th> + <th>Line length</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#PAGEWIDTH">PAGEWIDTH</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#T_MARGIN">T_MARGIN</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#LINELENGTH">LL</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#PAGELENGTH">PAGELENGTH</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#B_MARGIN">B_MARGIN</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#PAPER">PAPER</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#L_MARGIN">L_MARGIN</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#PAGE">PAGE</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#R_MARGIN">R_MARGIN</a></td> + <td></td> +</table> + +<a name="2"><h3 align="center">Family/font; pointsize; leading</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Family/font</th> + <th>Point size</th> + <th>Leading</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#FAMILY">FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#PS">PT_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#LEADING">LS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#FONT">FT</a></td> + <td><a href="inlines.html#INLINE_SIZE_MOM">\*[SIZE n]</a> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#AUTOLEAD">AUTOLEAD</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="3"><h3 align="center">Font modifications (pseudo-italic, -bold, -condensed, -extended)</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Italicize</th> + <th>Embolden</th> + <th>Condense</th> + <th>Extend</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SETSLANT">SETSLANT</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SETBOLDER">SETBOLDER</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#CONDENSE">CONDENSE</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#EXTEND">EXTEND</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SLANT_INLINE">\*[SLANT]</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#BOLDER_INLINE">\*[BOLDER]</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#COND_INLINE">\*[COND]</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#EXT_INLINE">\*[EXT]</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SLANT_INLINE">\*[SLANTX]</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#BOLDER_INLINE">\*[BOLDERX]</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#COND_INLINE">\*[CONDX]</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#EXT_INLINE">\*[EXTX]</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="4"><h3 align="center">Underscoring and underlining</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Underscore</th> + <th>Underline</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="goodies.html#UNDERSCORE">UNDERSCORE</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#UNDERLINE">UNDERLINE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="goodies.html#UNDERSCORE2">UNDERSCORE_2</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#UL">\*[UL]...\*[ULX]</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="5"><h3 align="center">Colour</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Define colours</th> + <th>Invoke colours</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="color.html#NEWCOLOR">NEWCOLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="color.html#COLOR">COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="color.html#XCOLOR">XCOLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="color.html#COLOR_INLINE">\*[<colorname>]</a></td> +</table> + +<a name="6"><h3 align="center">Quad, justification and fill</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Fill modes</th> + <th>No-fill modes</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#JUSTIFY">JUSTIFY</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#LRC">LEFT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#QUAD">QUAD</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#LRC">CENTER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#LRC">RIGHT</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="7"><h3 align="center">Line termination</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Break</th> + <th>Break (no space)</th> + <th>Break (extra space)</th> + <th>Break (force justify)</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#BR">BR</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#EL">EL</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SPACE">SPACE</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SPREAD">SPREAD</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="8"><h3 align="center">Hyphenation</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Enable</th> + <th>Set parameters</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#HY">HY</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#HY_SET">HY_SET</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="9"><h3 align="center">Word and sentence spacing</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Word space</th> + <th>Sentence space</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#WS">WS</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#SS">SS</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="10"><h3 align="center">Character pair and full line kerning; ligatures</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Kern character pairs</th> + <th>Kern full lines</th> + <th>Ligatures</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#KERN">KERN</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#RW">RW</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#LIGATURES">LIGATURES</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="inlines.html#INLINE_KERNING_MOM">\*[BU n]</a> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#EW">EW</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="inlines.html#INLINE_KERNING_MOM">\*[FU n]</a> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#BR_AT_LINE_KERN">BR_AT_LINE_KERN</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="11"><h3 align="center">Vertical movements</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Down</th> + <th>Up</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#ALD">ALD</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#RLD">RLD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="inlines.html#DOWN">\*[DOWN n]</a></td> + <td><a href="inlines.html#UP">\*[UP n]</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="12"><h3 align="center">Horizontal movements</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Forward</th> + <th>Back</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="inlines.html#FWD">\*[FWD n]</a></td> + <td><a href="inlines.html#BCK">\*[BCK n]</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="13"><h3 align="center">Indents</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Left</th> + <th>Right</th> + <th>Both</th> + <th>Quit</th> + <th>Temp</th> + <th>Hanging</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#IL">IL</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#IR">IR</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#IB">IB</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="typesetting.html#IQ">IQ</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="typesetting.html#TI">TI</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="typesetting.html#HI">HI</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#IQ">ILX</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#IQ">IRX</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#IQ">IBX</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="14"><h3 align="center">Tabs</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Setup</th> + <th>Invoking</th> + <th>Quitting</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#TAB_SET">TAB_SET</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="typesetting.html#TAB">TAB</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="typesetting.html#TQ">TQ</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#INLINE_ST">\*[STn]...\*[STnX]</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="typesetting.html#TN">TN</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#ST">ST</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="15"><h3 align="center">Manual columns</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Initializing</th> + <th>Returning to top</th> + <th>Exiting</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#MCO">MCO</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#MCR">MCR</a></td> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#MCX">MCX</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="16"><h3 align="center">Superscripts</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Superscript</th> + <th>Condensed superscript</th> + <th>Extended superscript</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="goodies.html#SUP">\*[SUP]...\*[SUPX]</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#SUP">\*[CONDSUP]...\*[CONDSUPX]</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#SUP">\*[EXTSUP]...\*[EXTSUPX]</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="17"><h3 align="center">Dropcaps</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Invoking</th> + <th>Dropcap control</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="goodies.html#DROPCAP">DROPCAP</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#DROPCAP_FAMILY">DROPCAP_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#DROPCAP_FONT">DROPCAP_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#DROPCAP_COLOR">DROPCAP_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#DROPCAP_ADJUST">DROPCAP_ADJUST</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#DROPCAP_GUTTER">DROPCAP_GUTTER</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="18"><h3 align="center">Lists</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Initializing</th> + <th>Setting items</th> + <th>List control</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#LIST">LIST</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#ITEM">ITEM</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SHIFT_LIST">SHIFT_LIST</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html##RESET_LIST">RESET_LIST</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="#PAD_LIST_DIGITS">PAD_LIST_DIGITS</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="19"><h3 align="center">Padding lines</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Pad a line</th> + <th>Change the pad marker</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="goodies.html#PAD">PAD</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#PAD_MARKER">PAD_MARKER</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="20"><h3 align="center">Miscellaneous</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="6"> +<tr align="center"> + <th>Newpage</th> + <th>All caps</th> + <th>Smartquotes</th> + <th>Rules/leaders</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="typesetting.html#NEWPAGE">NEWPAGE</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#CAPS">CAPS</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#SMARTQUOTES">SMARTQUOTES</a></td> + <td align="left"><a href="inlines.html#INLINE_RULE_MOM">\*[RULE]</a></td> +</tr> +<tr align="left"> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#LEADER">\*[LEADER]</a></td> +</tr> +<tr align="left"> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#LEADER_CHARACTER">LEADER_CHARACTER</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<br> +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Change the escape character</th> + <th>Suppress input</th> + <th>Disable traps</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_TIP">ESC_CHAR</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#SILENT">COMMENT</a></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#TRAP">TRAP</a></td> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td></td> + <td><a href="goodies.html#SILENT">SILENT</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</tr> +</table> + +<br> +<hr> + +<h2 align="center"><u>Document processing</u></h2> + +<a name="21"><h3 align="center">Reference macros</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Titles</th> + <th>Authors</th> + <th>Draft copies</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#TITLE">TITLE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#AUTHOR">AUTHOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DRAFT">DRAFT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#SUBTITLE">SUBTITLE</a></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#REVISION">REVISION</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCTITLE">DOCTITLE</a></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DRAFT_STRING">DRAFT_STRING</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHAPTER">CHAPTER</a></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#REVISION_STRING">REVISION_STRING</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="22"><h3 align="center">Letters</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Headers</th> + <th>Closing</th> + <th>Control</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="letters.html#DATE">DATE</a></td> + <td><a href="letters.html#CLOSING">CLOSING</a></td> + <td><a href="letters.html#NO_SUITE">NO_SUITE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="letters.html#FROM">FROM</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="letters.html#TO">TO</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="letters.html#GREETING">GREETING</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="23"><h3 align="center">Document style</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Basic style</th> + <th>Style control*</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#COPYSTYLE">COPYSTYLE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_LEFT_MARGIN">DOC_LEFT_MARGIN</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCTYPE">DOCTYPE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN">DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#PRINTSTYLE">PRINTSTYLE</a>**</td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_LINE_LENGTH">DOC_LINE_LENGTH</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_FAMILY">DOC_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_PT_SIZE">DOC_PT_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_LEAD">DOC_LEAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_LEAD_ADJUST">DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_QUAD">DOC_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*See the note +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_PARAM_MACROS">Changing document-wide style parameters after START</a> +<br> +**Absolutely required if you wish to use the document processing macros. + +<a name="24"><h3 align="center">Special to PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Italic/underlining</th> + <th>Quotes</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#TYPEWRITE_CONTROL">UNDERLINE_ITALIC</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#UNDERLINE_QUOTES">UNDERLINE_QUOTES</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#TYPEWRITE_CONTROL">ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#TYPEWRITE_CONTROL">UNDERLINE_SLANT</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#TYPEWRITE_CONTROL">SLANT_MEANS_SLANT</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="25"><h3 align="center">Begin document processing</h3></a> +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Absolutely required in order to initialize document processing</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align="center"><a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="26"><h3 align="center">Customizing the document header</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="8"> +<tr> + <th>Global</th> + <th>Title</th> + <th>Subtitle</th> + <th>Chapter</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER">DOCHEADER</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FAMILY">TITLE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FAMILY">SUBTITLE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHAPTER_STRING">CHAPTER_STRING</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_START">DOCHEADER_ADVANCE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FONT">TITLE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FONT">SUBTITLE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FAMILY">CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER_FAMILY">DOCHEADER_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_SIZE">TITLE_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_SIZE">SUBTITLE_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FONT">CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER_COLOR">DOCHEADER_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_COLOR">TITLE_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_COLOR">SUBTITLE_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_SIZE">CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_COLOR">CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<br> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Attribution</th> + <th>Author</th> + <th>Document type</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_ATTRIBUTE">ATTRIBUTE_STRING</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FAMILY">AUTHOR_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FAMILY">DOCTYPE_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_COLOR">ATTRIBUTE_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FONT">AUTHOR_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_FONT">DOCTYPE_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_SIZE">AUTHOR_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_SIZE">DOCTYPE_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_COLOR">AUTHOR_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#CHANGE_COLOR">DOCTYPE_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="27"><h3 align="center">Pagination</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Paginate</th> + <th>Style control</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGINATE">PAGINATE</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGINATE_GENERAL">PAGENUM_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUMBER">PAGENUMBER</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGINATE_GENERAL">PAGENUM_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUM_STYLE">PAGENUM_STYLE</a>*</td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGINATE_GENERAL">PAGENUM_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE">PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGINATE_GENERAL">PAGENUM_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER">DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUM_POS">PAGENUM_POS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUSPEND_PAGINATION">SUSPEND_PAGINATION</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#PAGENUM_HYPHENS">PAGENUM_HYPHENS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUSPEND_PAGINATION">RESTORE_PAGINATION</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*I.e. the "format" of page numbering (digits, roman numerals, letters) + +<a name="28"><h3 align="center">Recto/verso</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Enabling</th> + <th>Controling</th> + <th>User-defined page headers/footers + <br> + for alternating pages* + </th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="rectoverso.html#RECTO_VERSO">RECTO_VERSO</a></td> + <td><a href="rectoverso.html#SWITCH_HDRFTR">SWITCH_HEADERS</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO">HEADER_RECTO</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="rectoverso.html#SWITCH_HDRFTR">SWITCH_FOOTERS</a>*</td> + <td align="center"><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO">HEADER_VERSO</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td align="center"><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO">FOOTER_RECTO</a>*</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td align="center"><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO">FOOTER_VERSO</a>*</td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*Please note that most aspects of page header and footer control +are treated identically. In the documentation, the descriptions +of macros that control header and footer behaviour usually only +mention "HEADER" or "HEADER_". Simply apply +"FOOTER" or "FOOTER_" to the appropriate +"HEADER" or "HEADER_"macros in order to enable +their behaviour for footers. + + +<a name="29"><h3 align="center">Automatic columns</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Enabling</th> + <th>Controling</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#COLUMNS">COLUMNS</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#COL_NEXT">COL_NEXT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#COL_BREAK">COL_BREAK</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="30"><h3 align="center">Epigraphs</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH">EPIGRAPH</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_INDENT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#EPIGRAPH_CONTROL">EPIGRAPH_COLOR</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="31"><h3 align="center">Heads</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#HEAD">HEAD</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_GENERAL">HEAD_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_GENERAL">HEAD_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_GENERAL">HEAD_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_CAPS">HEAD_CAPS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_GENERAL">HEAD_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_UNDERLINE">HEAD_UNDERLINE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_GENERAL">HEAD_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#HEAD_SPACE">HEAD_SPACE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#NUMBER_HEADS">NUMBER_HEADS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#RESET_HEAD_NUMBER">RESET_HEAD_NUMBER</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="32"><h3 align="center">Subheads</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD">SUBHEAD</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD_GENERAL">SUBHEAD_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD_GENERAL">SUBHEAD_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD_GENERAL">SUBHEAD_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#NUMBER_SUBHEADS">NUMBER_SUBHEADS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD_GENERAL">SUBHEAD_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#RESET_SUBHEAD_NUMBER">RESET_SUBHEAD_NUMBER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SUBHEAD_CONTROL">SUBHEAD_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="33"><h3 align="center">Paragraph heads</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD">PARAHEAD</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD_GENERAL">PARAHEAD_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD_INDENT">PARAHEAD_INDENT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD_GENERAL">PARAHEAD_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#NUMBER_PARAHEADS">NUMBER_PARAHEADS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD_GENERAL">PARAHEAD_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER">RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARAHEAD_GENERAL">PARAHEAD_COLOR</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="34"><h3 align="center">Paragraphs</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control*</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#PP">PP</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#PP_FONT">PP_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PARA_INDENT">PARA_INDENT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#INDENT_FIRST_PARAS">INDENT_FIRST_PARAS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#PP_SPACE">PARA_SPACE</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*For an in-depth explanation of how to manage the type-style of +paragraphs, much of which is normally established through the use of +typesetting macros prior to +<a href="docprocessing.html#START">START</a>, +see +<a href="docelement.html#PP_CONTROL">Paragraph control macros</a>. + +<a name="35"><h3 align="center">Quotes</a> +<br> +(line-for-line cited text, e.g. poetry or code snippets) +</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE">QUOTE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_GENERAL">QUOTE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_GENERAL">QUOTE_INDENT</a>*</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_GENERAL">QUOTE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES">ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_GENERAL">QUOTE_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BREAK_QUOTE">BREAK_QUOTE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_GENERAL">QUOTE_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#UNDERLINE_QUOTES">UNDERLINE_QUOTES</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*Note that the use of QUOTE_INDENT sets the indent for both QUOTE +and BLOCKQUOTE. + +<a name="36"><h3 align="center">Blockquotes</a> +<br> +(formatted citations) +</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLOCKQUOTE">BLOCKQUOTE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#QUOTE_GENERAL">BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">BLOCKQUOTE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BREAK_QUOTE">BREAK_BLOCKQUOTE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLOCKQUOTE_GENERAL">BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*Note that the use of BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT sets the indent for both BLOCKQUOTE +and QUOTE. + +<a name="37"><h3 align="center">Author linebreaks</a> +<br> +(also called "scene breaks") +</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#LINEBREAK">LINEBREAK</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#LINEBREAK_COLOR">LINEBREAK_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#LINEBREAK_CHAR">LINEBREAK_CHAR</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="38"><h3 align="center">Footnotes</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Other</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE">FOOTNOTE</a>*</td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_GENERAL">FOOTNOTE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_GENERAL">FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_GENERAL">FOOTNOTE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_GENERAL">FOOTNOTE_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_GENERAL">FOOTNOTE_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_MARKERS">FOOTNOTE_MARKERS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_GENERAL">FOOTNOTE_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE">FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER">RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_RULE">FOOTNOTE_RULE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ">FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH">FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*Indenting of footnotes is handled by arguments passed to FOOTNOTE. + +<a name="39"><h3 align="center">Endnotes</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Input endnotes</th> + <th>Output endnotes pages</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE">ENDNOTE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES">ENDNOTES</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="40"><h3 align="center">Designing endnotes pages</a> +<br> +(if you want to change the defaults) +</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="6"> +<tr> + <th>Type-style control</th> + <th>Endnotes page + <br>title string* +</th> + <th>Document identification string**</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_GENERAL">ENDNOTE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_STRING">ENDNOTE_STRING</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_TITLE">ENDNOTE_TITLE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_GENERAL">ENDNOTE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_STRING_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_TITLE_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_LEAD">ENDNOTE_LEAD</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_STRING_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_TITLE_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE">ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_STRING_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_TITLE_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_GENERAL">ENDNOTE_QUAD</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS">ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_TITLE_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERSCORE">ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERSCORE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE">ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*By default, "Endnotes", at the top of the first page of +endnotes +<br> +**I.e. how each document in the endnotes for a collated document is +identified (by default, the strings passed to the reference +macro, .TITLE +<br> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="6"> +<tr> + <th>Endnotes numbering</th> + <th>Paragraph control</th> + <th>Endnotes headers/footers</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_NUMBER_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT">ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS">ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_NUMBER_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE">ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER">ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_NUMBER_CONTROL">ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE</a></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER">ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT">ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT">ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> +<br> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="6"> +<tr> + <th>Endnotes page numbering</th> + <th>Misc</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER">ENDNOTES_FIRST_PAGENUMBER</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS">ENDNOTES_NO_COLUMNS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE">ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE</a>*</td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES">SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES</a>**</td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM">ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*I.e. the format of page numbering (digits, roman, letters) +<br> +**Applies to PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE only + +<a name="41"><h3 align="center">Table of contents</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Generate</th> + <th>General + <br> + type-style control + </th> + <th>TOC title string* + <br> + and style control + </th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#TOC">TOC</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#TOC_FAMILY">TOC_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEADER_STRING">TOC_HEADER_STRING</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PT_SIZE">TOC_PT_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEADER_FAMILY">TOC_HEADER_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#TOC_LEAD">TOC_LEAD</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEADER_FONT">TOC_HEADER_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEADER_SIZE">TOC_HEADER_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEADER_QUAD">TOC_HEADER_QUAD</a></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*By default, "Table of Contents" + +<a name="42"><h3 align="center">Designing a table of contents</a> +<br> +(if you want to change the defaults) +</h3> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Title entries</th> + <th>Head entries</th> + <th>Subhead entries</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_TITLE_ENTRY">TOC_TITLE_ENTRY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEAD">TOC_HEAD_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_SUBHEAD">TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR">TOC_APPENDS_AUTHOR</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEAD">TOC_HEAD_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_SUBHEAD">TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_TITLE">TOC_TITLE_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEAD">TOC_HEAD_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_SUBHEAD">TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_TITLE">TOC_TITLE_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_HEAD">TOC_HEAD_INDENT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_SUBHEAD">TOC_SUBHEAD_INDENT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_TITLE">TOC_TITLE_SIZE</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_TITLE">TOC_TITLE_INDENT</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> +<br> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="6"> +<tr> + <th>Parahead entries</th> + <th>Page number entries</th> + <th>Pagination</th> + <th>Misc</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PARAHEAD">TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PN">TOC_PN_FAMILY</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#PAGINATE_TOC">PAGINATE_TOC</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_RV_SWITCH">TOC_RV_SWITCH</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PARAHEAD">TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PN">TOC_PN_FONT</a></td> + <td align="center"><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE">TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE</a>*</td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PARAHEAD">TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PN">TOC_PN_SIZE</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PARAHEAD">TOC_PARAHEAD_INDENT</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#TOC_PADDING">TOC_PADDING</a></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> +<p align="center"> +*I.e. the format of page numbering (digits, roman, letters) + +<a name="43"><h3 align="center">Finis</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Type style control</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FINIS">FINIS</a></td> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FINIS_COLOR">FINIS_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docelement.html#FINIS_STRING">FINIS_STRING</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="44"><h3 align="center">Headers and footers</h3></a> +<p align="center"> +<strong>Mom</strong> treats all aspects of headers and footers +identically. The only difference between the two is whether the +information they contain appears at the top of the page or at the +bottom. Consequently, in the following, substitute FOOTERS +for HEADERS, and FOOTER_ for HEADER_ if you're hunting down how to +do something with footers. + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Macro</th> + <th>Placement</th> + <th>User-defined headers</th> + <th>General + <br> + type-style control + </th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HEADERS">HEADERS</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_MARGIN">HEADER_MARGIN</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO">HEADER_RECTO</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_GLOBAL_FAMILY">HEADER_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_GAP">HEADER_GAP</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RECTOVERSO">HEADER_VERSO</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_GLOBAL_SIZE">HEADER_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_COLOR">HEADER_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_PLAIN">HEADER_PLAIN</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="45"><h3 align="center">Part-by-part control of headers</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Left</th> + <th>Center</th> + <th>Right</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_LEFT">HEADER_LEFT</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_CENTER">HEADER_CENTER</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RIGHT">HEADER_RIGHT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_FAMILY">HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_FAMILY">HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_FAMILY">HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_FONT">HEADER_LEFT_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_FONT">HEADER_CENTER_FONT</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_FONT">HEADER_RIGHT_FONT</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_SIZE">HEADER_LEFT_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_SIZE">HEADER_CENTER_SIZE</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_SIZE">HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_COLOR">HEADER_LEFT_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_COLOR">HEADER_CENTER_COLOR</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_COLOR">HEADER_RIGHT_COLOR</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_CAPS">HEADER_LEFT_CAPS</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_CAPS">HEADER_CENTER_CAPS</a></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#_CAPS">HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td></td> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD">HEADER_CENTER_PAD</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> +<br> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Separator rule</th> + <th>Misc</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RULE">HEADER_RULE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#REVISION_STRING">REVISION_STRING</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP">HEADER_RULE_GAP</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#DRAFT_STRING">DRAFT_STRING</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR">HEADER_RULE_COLOR</a></td> + <td></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="46"><h3 align="center">Footers</h3></a> +<p align="center"> +This is the one exception to the "HEADER also means FOOTER" +convention used throughout the documentation. + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <td><a href="headfootpage.html#FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE">FOOTER_ON_FIRST_PAGE</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="47"><h3 align="center">Covers and doc covers</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Covers</th> + <th>Doc covers</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER">COVER</a></td> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER">DOC_COVER</a></td> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="cover.html#ON_OFF">COVERS</a></td> + <td><a href="cover.html#ON_OFF">DOC_COVERS</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + + +<a name="48"><h3 align="center">Customizing covers and doc covers</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="8"> +<tr> + <th>Covers</th> + <th>Doc covers</th> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#COVERTITLE">COVERTITLE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#COVERTITLE">DOC_COVERTITLE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER_ADVANCE">COVER_ADVANCE</a></td> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER_ADVANCE">DOC_COVER_ADVANCE</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER_FAMILY">COVER_FAMILY</a></td> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER_FAMILY">DOC_COVER_FAMILY</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER_LEAD">COVER_LEAD</a></td> + <td><a href="cover.html#COVER_LEAD">DOC_COVER_LEAD</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<a name="49"><h3 align="center">Part-by-part control of covers and doc covers</h3></a> + +<p align="center"> +For part-by-part control of the family, font, size and color, please +see + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="8"> + <tr> + <td align="center"><a href="cover.html#COVER_CONTROL">Control macros--changing the defaults for covers and document covers</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td align="center"><a href="cover.html#COVER_CONTROL_INDEX">Index of cover and doc cover control macros</a></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<a name="50"><h3 align="center">Miscellaneous</h3></a> + +<table align="center" valign="center" border=2 cellpadding="10"> +<tr> + <th>Output a blank page</th> + <th>Collate multiple documents</th> + <th>Get leading back on track</th> +</tr> +<tr align="center"> + <td><a href="docelement.html#BLANK_PAGE">BLANKPAGE</a></td> + <td><a href="rectoverso.html#COLLATE">COLLATE</a></td> + <td><a href="docprocessing.html#SHIM">SHIM</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +<br> +<hr> + +<a href="appendices.html#MOREDOC">Next</a> +<a href="typemacdoc.html#TOP">Prev</a> +<a href="#TOP">Top</a> +<a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a></td> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html index 29279452..06449037 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/rectoverso.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -234,7 +235,7 @@ that require their own titles, looks like this: <p> <pre> .COLLATE - .CHAPTER_STRING "Geek Fatigue: Symptoms and Causes" + .CHAPTER_TITLE "Geek Fatigue: Symptoms and Causes" .START </pre> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html index 423661c5..88bc824c 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/reserved.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -253,7 +254,10 @@ p Output line horiz position at end of #PAGE_LENGTH Page length (alias) #PAGE_WIDTH Page width #PP_ACTIVE Are we in the context of a para? (toggle) -#PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1 toggle +#PRINT_FOOTER_ON_PAGE_1 (toggle) +#PSEUDO_FILL Signals that LEFT, RIGHT or CENTER is + in effect (toggled off, i.e. to 0, when + QUAD <arg> or JUSTIFY is called) #PT_SIZE Point size (fractional) in units (alias) #Q_AT_TOP Does a quote start at the top of a new page? (toggle) @@ -442,11 +446,27 @@ Document info AUTHOR Author CHAPTER Chapter number CHAPTER_TITLE Chapter title +COPYRIGHT Copyright info (covers only) +DOCTITLE Overall doc title (for collated docs) DRAFT Draft number +MISC Misc info (covers only) REVISION Revision number SUBTITLE Doc subtitle TITLE Doc title +Covers +------ +COVER What goes on cover +COVERS Whether covers get printed (toggle) +COVER_ADVANCE Set vertical start position of cover material +COVER_LEAD Overall leading of covers +COVERTITLE User-defined cover title string +DOC_COVER What goes on doc cover +DOC_COVERS Whether doc covers get printed +DOC_COVER_ADVANCE Set vertical start position of doc cover material +DOC_COVER_LEAD Overall leading of doc covers +DOC_COVERTITLE User-defined doc cover title string + Document style -------------- COPYSTYLE Output style (DRAFT or FINAL) @@ -496,29 +516,18 @@ RECTO_VERSO Enables switch HEADER_LEFT and HEADER_RIGHT on Alter doc "look" and/or change defaults --------------------------------------- +***General*** + ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES Fullspace quotes instead of default 1/2 spacing them. ATTRIBUTE_STRING What to print before author (default is "by") -AUTHOR_FAMILY Family to use for author in doc header -AUTHOR_FONT Font to use for author in doc header -AUTHOR_SIZE ps to use for author in doc header -BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR Blockquote color -BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY Family to use in blockquotes -BLOCKQUOTE_FONT Font to use in blockquotes -BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD How to quad blockquotes -BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE How much to de/increase point size of bquotes CHAPTER_STRING What to print whenever the word "chapter" is required -CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY Family to use for chapter title in doc header -CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT Font to use for chapter title in doc header -CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE ps in/decrease of chapter title - (relative to size of running text) COLUMNS Print in columns DOC_FAMILY Overall doc family DOCHEADER Print doc header? DOCHEADER_ADVANCE Start position of docheader (relative to top of page) -DOCHEADER_COLOR Color of docheader DOCHEADER_LEAD +|- value applied to #DOC_LEAD to in/decrease leading of doc header DOC_LEAD_ADJUST Adjust #DOC_LEAD to fill page to #B_MARGIN @@ -526,46 +535,39 @@ DOC_LEAD Overall doc leading DOC_LEFT_MARGIN Doc left margin DOC_LINE_LENGTH Doc line length DOC_PT_SIZE Overall doc point size -DOC_QUAD Overall quad of document DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN Doc right margin DOC_TITLE Overall doc title that gets printed in headers/footers (mostly for use with collated docs where each doc is an article with a different title -DOCTYPE_FAMILY Family to use for doctype string in doc header -DOCTYPE_FONT Font to use for doctype string in doc header -DOCTYPE_SIZE ps to use for doctype string in doc header -DOCTYPE Type of doc (DEFAULT, CHAPTER, NAMED, LETTER) -DO_QUOTE Print quote (invoked internally from QUOTE or - BLOCKQUOTE) DRAFT_STRING What to print whenever the word "draft" is required DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER Attach draft/revision info to page number (instead of putting it HEADER centre) -ENDNOTE_FAMILY Family for endnotes -ENDNOTE_FONT Font for endnotes +REVISION_STRING What to print whenever the word "revision" + is required + +***Covers*** + +COVER_ADVANCE Vertical place on page to start outputting + cover material +COVER_LEAD Lead in/decrease for cover pages +DOC_COVER_ADVANCE Vertical place on page to start outputting + doc cover material +DOC_COVER_LEAD Lead in/decrease for doc cover pages + +***Endnotes*** + ENDNOTE_LEAD Leading for endnotes page ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT First line indent of paras in multi-para endnotes ENDNOTE_PARA_SPACE Whether to space paras in multi-para endnotes ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE Base point size for endnotes page -ENDNOTE_QUAD Endnote quad ENDNOTE_STRING Endnotes page head ENDNOTE_STRING_CAPS Capitalize the endnotes string -ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY Family for endnotes page head -ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT Font for endnotes page head -ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD Quad direction for endnotes page head -ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE Size for endnotes page head*** ENDNOTE_STRING_UNDERSCORE Underscoring of endnotes page head ENDNOTE_TITLE Endnotes identifying title -ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY Family for endnotes identifying title -ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT Font for endnotes identifying title -ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD Quad direction for endnotes identifying title -ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE Size for endnotes identifying title*** ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE Underscoring of endnotes identifying title -ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY Family of endnote numbers -ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT Font of endnote numbers -ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE Size of endnote numbers*** ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT Hang endnote numbers and align right ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT Don't hang endnote numbers and align left ENDNOTES_ALLOWS_HEADERS Page headers on endnotes pages? (toggle) @@ -580,49 +582,41 @@ ENDNOTES_NO_FIRST_PAGENUM Don't print a pagenumber on page 1 of endnotes. ENDNOTES_PAGENUM_STYLE Set numbering style for endnotes pages page numbers +SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES Single space TYPEWRITE endnotes + +***Epigraphs and finis*** + EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD Autolead value for epigraphs -EPIGRAPH_COLOR Epigraph color -EPIGRAPH_FAMILY Family to use in epigraphs -EPIGRAPH_FONT Font to use in epigraphs EPIGRAPH_INDENT Value by which to multiply PP_INDENT for block epigraphs -EPIGRAPH_QUAD Quad value of block style epigraphs -EPIGRAPH_SIZE ps de/increase of epigraphs* -FINIS_COLOR Finis string color FINIS_STRING What to print when FINIS is invoked -FOOTER_COLOR Footer color -FOOTER_GAP Distance between running text and footer -FOOTER_MARGIN Distance from footer to bottom of page -FOOTERS Turns footers on or off -FOOTNOTE_COLOR Footnote color + +***Footnotes*** + FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD Autolead to use in footnotes -FOOTNOTE_FAMILY Family to use in footnotes -FOOTNOTE_FONT Font to use in footnotes FOOTNOTE_MARKERS Turns footnote markers on or off FOOTNOTE_MARKER_STYLE STAR or NUMBER; default=STAR -FOOTNOTE_QUAD Quad to use in footnotes FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ # of points to raise footnote rule from its baseline FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH Length of footnote separator rule FOOTNOTE_RULE Turns printing of fn separator rule on or off; default is on -FOOTNOTE_SIZE ps of footnotes +RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER Reset fn# to 1, or, if arg PAGE, reset + automatically to 1 on every page + +***Headers and footers*** + +FOOTER_COLOR Footer color +FOOTER_GAP Distance between running text and footer +FOOTER_MARGIN Distance from footer to bottom of page +FOOTERS Turns footers on or off HDRFTR_CENTER String to go in centre part of header/footer; default doctype HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS Centre part of header/footer in caps? (toggle) -HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY Family of centre part of header/footer -HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT Font of centre part of header/footer HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD Pad hdrftr CENTER left or right by specified amount -HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE ps in/decrease of CENTER part of header/footer** -HDRFTR_COLOR Header/footer color -HDRFTR_FAMILY Family to use in the headers/footers HDRFTR_GAP Distance from header/footer to running text HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS Left part of header/footer in caps? (toggle) -HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY Family of left part of header/footer -HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT Font of left part of header/footer -HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE ps in/decrease of left part of - headers/footers** HDRFTR_LEFT String to go in left part of header/footer; default is AUTHOR_1 HDRFTR_LEFT The header/footer left string @@ -632,43 +626,19 @@ HDRFTR_PLAIN Header/footer fam/ft/ps all same as running HDRFTR_RECTO User-defined, single string recto header/footer HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS Right part of header/footer in caps? (toggle) -HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY Family of right part of headers/footers -HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT Font of right part of headers/footers -HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE Size of right part of headers/footers HDRFTR_RIGHT The header/footer right string -HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR Header/footer rule color HDRFTR_RULE_GAP Space between header/footer and header/footer rule HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL Prints the header/footer rule HDRFTR_RULE Turns header/footer rule on or off -HDRFTR_RULE Turns header/footer rule on or off. When invoked internally, prints the rule. -HDRFTR_SIZE ps in/decrease of headers/footers* HDRFTR_VERSO User-defined, single string verso header/footer -HEAD_CAPS Print section titles in caps? (toggle) -HEAD_COLOR Head color -HEADER_GAP Space between header and running text -HEADER_MARGIN Space from top of page to header HEADERS Turns headers on or off -HEAD_FAMILY Family to use in section titles -HEAD_FONT Font to use in section titles -HEAD_QUAD Quad value of section titles -HEAD_SIZE How much to in/decrease point size of section - titles* -HEAD_SPACE Give HEADs 2 line-spaces before. If OFF, - only 1. Default is on. -HEAD_UNDERLINE Underline section titles? (toggle) -INDENT_FIRST_PARAS Indent 1st paras? (doc default=not indented) -ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC For TYPEWRITE; render .FT I in italic. -LINEBREAK_CHAR Linebreak character, iterations and positioning -LINEBREAK_COLOR Linebreak color -NUMBER_HEADS Print head numbers -NUMBER_PARAHEADS Print parahead numbers -NUMBER_SUBHEADS Print subhead numbers -PAGENUM_COLOR Page number color -PAGENUM_FAMILY Family to use in footers -PAGENUM_FONT Font to use for page numbers +SWITCH_HDRFTR Switch HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT + +***Page numbering*** + PAGENUM_HYPHENS Turns on/off hyphens surrounding page numbers PAGENUM_ON_FIRST_PAGE Print page number on first page when footers are on (toggle) @@ -677,91 +647,122 @@ PAGENUM_POS Controls placement of page numbers; PAGENUM_SIZE How much to in/decrease point size of page numbers* PAGENUM_STYLE Page # in roman, Arabic, or alphabetic -PARAHEAD_COLOR Parahead color -PARAHEAD_FAMILY Family to use for paraheads -PARAHEAD_FONT Font to use for paraheads +RESTORE_PAGINATION Restore pagination after outputting non- + paginated endnotes. +SUSPEND_PAGINATION Suspend pagination prior to outputting + endnotes + +***Heads*** + +HEADER_GAP Space between header and running text +HEADER_MARGIN Space from top of page to header +HEAD_CAPS Print section titles in caps? (toggle) +HEAD_SPACE Give HEADs 2 line-spaces before. If OFF, + only 1. Default is on. +HEAD_UNDERLINE Underline section titles? (toggle) +NUMBER_HEADS Print head numbers +RESET_HEAD_NUMBER Reset head number + +***Subheads*** + +NUMBER_SUBHEADS Print subhead numbers +RESET_SUBHEAD_NUMBER Reset subhead number + +***Para heads*** + +NUMBER_PARAHEADS Print parahead numbers PARAHEAD_INDENT How much to indent paraheads -PARAHEAD_SIZE Size of paraheads* +RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER Reset parahead number + +***Paragraphs*** + +INDENT_FIRST_PARAS Indent 1st paras? (doc default=not indented) PARA_INDENT Size of para indent PARA_SPACE Put a line space before paras PP_FONT Overall doc font -PROCESS_SHIM Calculates #SHIM when \n(.d is lower on the - page than #T_MARGIN -QUOTE_COLOR Quote (poetic) color -QUOTE_FAMILY Family to use in pquotes -QUOTE_FONT Font to use in pquotes -QUOTE_INDENT Value by which to multiply PP_INDENT for - block quotes -QUOTE_SIZE How much to de/increase point size of - pquotes* -RESET_FOOTNOTE_NUMBER Reset fn# to 1, or, if arg PAGE, reset - automatically to 1 on every page -RESET_HEAD_NUMBER Reset head number -RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER Reset parahead number -RESET_SUBHEAD_NUMBER Reset subhead number -RESTORE_PAGINATION Restore pagination after outputting non- - paginated endnotes. -REVISION_STRING What to print whenever the word "revision" - is required -SHIM Advance to next "legal" baseline -SINGLESPACE_ENDNOTES Single space TYPEWRITE endnotes + +***Line/section breaks*** + +LINEBREAK_CHAR Linebreak character, iterations and positioning + +***Printstyle TYPEWRITE*** + +ITALIC_MEANS_ITALIC For TYPEWRITE; render .FT I in italic. SLANT_MEANS_SLANT In TYPEWRITE, render \*[SLANT] as slant -SUBHEAD_COLOR Subhead color -SUBHEAD_FAMILY Family to use in subheads -SUBHEAD_FONT Font to use in subheads -SUBHEAD_SIZE How much to in/decrease point size of - subheads* -SUBTITLE_FAMILY Family to use for subtitle in doc header -SUBTITLE_FONT Font to use for subtitle in doc header -SUBTITLE_SIZE ps to use for subtitle in doc header -SUSPEND_PAGINATION Suspend pagination prior to outputting - endnotes -SWITCH_HDRFTR Switch HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT -TITLE_FAMILY Family to use for title in doc headers -TITLE_FONT Font to use for title in doc headers -TITLE_SIZE How much to in/decrease title at start of doc* +UNDERLINE_ITALIC In TYPEWRITE, render .FT I as underlined +UNDERLINE_QUOTES In TYPEWRITE, underline quotes? (toggle) +UNDERLINE_SLANT In TYPEWRITE, render \*[SLANT] as underlined + +***Table of contents*** + TOC_APPENDS_AUTHORS Appends author(s) to toc doc title entries TOC_LEAD Leading of toc pages -TOC_FAMILY Family to use on toc pages -TOC_HEADER_FAMILY Family to use for "Contents" -TOC_HEADER_FONT Font to use for "Contents" TOC_PADDING Number of placeholders for toc entries page numbers -TOC_PN_FAMILY Family to use for toc entries page numbers -TOC_PN_FONT Font to use for toc entries page numbers -TOC_PN_SIZE How much to in/decrease point size of - toc entries page numbers**** -TOC_HEAD_FAMILY Family of toc head entries -TOC_HEAD_FONT Font of toc head entries TOC_HEAD_INDENT Indent of toc head entries -TOC_HEAD_SIZE How much to in/decrease ps of head entries**** -TOC_HEADER_QUAD Quad direction for "Contents" -TOC_HEADER_SIZE How much to in/decrease point size of - "Contents"**** TOC_HEADER_STRING TOC header string (default=Contents) TOC_PAGENUM_STYLE Page numbering style (hdrftr nums) of toc pages -TOC_PT_SIZE Point size to use on toc pages TOC_RV_SWITCH Switch L/R margins of toc pages -TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY Family of toc parahead entries -TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT Font of toc parahead entries TOC_PARAHEAD_INDENT Indent of toc parahead entries -TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE How much to in/decrease ps of parahead - entries**** -TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY Family of toc subhead entries -TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT Font of toc subhead entries TOC_SUBHEAD_INDENT Indent of toc subhead entries -TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE How much to in/decrease ps of subhead - entries**** TOC_TITLE_ENTRY User supplied toc doc title entry -TOC_TITLE_FAMILY Family of toc doc title entries -TOC_TITLE_FONT Font of toc doc title entries TOC_TITLE_INDENT Indent of toc doc title entries -TOC_TITLE_SIZE How much to in/decrease ps of doc title - entries**** -UNDERLINE_ITALIC In TYPEWRITE, render .FT I as underlined -UNDERLINE_QUOTES In TYPEWRITE, underline quotes? (toggle) -UNDERLINE_SLANT In TYPEWRITE, render \*[SLANT] as underlined + +***Aliases for headers and footers*** +HEADER_SIZE HDRFTR_SIZE +HEADER_RIGHT_PS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE +HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE +HEADER_RIGHT_FAM HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY +HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY +HEADER_RIGHT_FONT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT +HEADER_RIGHT_FT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT +HEADER_LEFT_PS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE +HEADER_LEFT_SIZE HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE +HEADER_LEFT_FAM HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY +HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY +HEADER_LEFT_FONT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT +HEADER_LEFT_FT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT +HEADER_CENTRE_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +HEADER_CENTRE_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +HEADER_FAM HDRFTR_FAMILY +HEADER_FAMILY HDRFTR_FAMILY +HEADER_CENTRE_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +HEADER_CENTRE_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +HEADER_CENTRE_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT +HEADER_CENTRE_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT +HEADER_CENTER_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +HEADER_CENTER_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +HEADER_CENTER_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +HEADER_CENTER_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT +HEADER_CENTER_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT +FOOTER_SIZE HDRFTR_SIZE +FOOTER_RIGHT_PS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE +FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE +FOOTER_RIGHT_FAM HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY +FOOTER_RIGHT_FAMILY HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY +FOOTER_RIGHT_FONT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT +FOOTER_RIGHT_FT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT +FOOTER_LEFT_PS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE +FOOTER_LEFT_SIZE HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE +FOOTER_LEFT_FAM HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY +FOOTER_LEFT_FAMILY HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY +FOOTER_LEFT_FONT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT +FOOTER_LEFT_FT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT +FOOTER_CENTRE_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +FOOTER_CENTRE_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +FOOTER_FAM HDRFTR_FAMILY +FOOTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_FAMILY +FOOTER_CENTRE_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +FOOTER_CENTRE_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +FOOTER_CENTRE_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT +FOOTER_CENTER_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +FOOTER_CENTER_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE +FOOTER_CENTER_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +FOOTER_CENTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY +FOOTER_CENTER_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT +FOOTER_CENTER_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT *relative to #DOC_PT_SIZE **relative to overall ps of headers as set by HEADER_SIZE @@ -778,24 +779,14 @@ NO_SUITE Remove suite page numbers from bottom of letter pages TO Addressee's name and address ALL_DONE .em (the "end macro") for letters -+++DIVERSIONS+++ - -B_QUOTE Block (indented) quote text -CLOSING Closing (i.e. Yours truly,) -EPI_TEXT Epigraph text -END_NOTES Endnotes text -FN_OVERFLOW Excess footnotes when B_MARGIN is reached -FOOTNOTES Text of footnotes -GREETING Full salutation (e.g. Dear John Smith,) -LETTERHEAD<n> Date, addresser, addressee or greeting; - <n> is from 1 to 4, supplied by #FIELD -P_QUOTE Line for line (poetic) quote text -TOC_ENTRIES TOC entries - +++SUPPORT+++ CHECK_INDENT Applies indents to doc elements inside ev's (head, subhead, etc) +CLEANUP_DEFAULTS Removes selected rregisters and strings + from DEFAULTS after START +DO_COVER Formats and outputs covers +DO_DOC_COVER Formats and outputs doc covers D0_QUOTE Outputs quotes with space adjustments before and after DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER Diverts excess fn stored in FN_OVERFLOW into @@ -813,11 +804,35 @@ PRINT_HDRFTR Prints header/footer (trap invoked) PRINT_PAGE_NUMBER Invoked in HEADER or FOOTER PRINT_USERDEF_HDRFTR Prints user defined, single string recto/verso header/footer +PROCESS_SHIM Calculates #SHIM when \n(.d is lower on the + page than #T_MARGIN +PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER Processes footnotes gathered in a diversion (called + at page/column breaks) REMOVE_INDENT Removes indents set with CHECK_INDENT QUIT_LISTS Exit lists cleanly and completely SET_LIST_INDENT Restore indent of a prev. level of list +SHIM Advance to next "legal" baseline +TERMINATE .em that ensures deferred footnotes get output + on final pages TRAPS Sets hdrftr traps; optionally adjusts #DOC_LEAD to fill page to #B_MARGIN +TYPEWRITER Sets family (C), font (R) and point size (12) + for PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE + ++++DIVERSIONS+++ + +B_QUOTE Block (indented) quote text +CLOSING Closing (i.e. Yours truly,) +EPI_TEXT Epigraph text +END_NOTES Endnotes text +FN_IN_DIVER Footnotes gathered from inside a diversion +FN_OVERFLOW Excess footnotes when B_MARGIN is reached +FOOTNOTES Text of footnotes +GREETING Full salutation (e.g. Dear John Smith,) +LETTERHEAD<n> Date, addresser, addressee or greeting; + <n> is from 1 to 4, supplied by #FIELD +P_QUOTE Line for line (poetic) quote text +TOC_ENTRIES TOC entries +++NUMBER REGISTERS+++ @@ -832,6 +847,9 @@ TRAPS Sets hdrftr traps; optionally adjusts #DOC_LEAD AUTHOR_<#> in AUTHOR #AUTHORS Equals final value of AUTHOR_NUM; used for authors in doc header +#BMARG Position of unvarying bottom margin + during doc processing; required for + collecting footnotes inside diversions #BQUOTE_COLOR Colored blockquotes? (toggle) #BROKEN_QUOTE Did we invoke BREAK_QUOTE? (toggle) #CAP_HEIGHT_ADJUST Tallest cap height of strings LEFT, CENTER, @@ -841,6 +859,7 @@ TRAPS Sets hdrftr traps; optionally adjusts #DOC_LEAD (toggle) #CENTER_CAP_HEIGHT Cap height of CENTER string in headers/footers +#CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR Colored chapter title? (toggle) #CLOSING Is there a closing (for letters)? 1=yes #COL_L_LENGTH Line length of columns #COL_NEXT Was COL_NEXT invoked? (toggle; used in @@ -855,10 +874,26 @@ TRAPS Sets hdrftr traps; optionally adjusts #DOC_LEAD #COLUMNS_WERE_ON Stores columnar state prior to outputting endnotes in no-columns mode #COPY_STYLE 1=draft, 2=final +#COUNTERS_RESET Tells FOOTNOTE if fn counters have + been reset because of footnotes gathered + inside a diversion +#COVER_COLOR Colored cover? (toggle) +#COVER_START_POS Vertical starting pos of cover material +#COVER_TITLE_COLOR Colored cover title? (toggle) +#COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR Colored cover subtitle? (toggle) +#COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR Colored cover attribution string? (toggle) +#COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR Colored cover author(s)? (toggle) +#COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR Colored cover doctype? (toggle) +#COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR Colored cover copyright line? (toggle) +#COVER_MISC_COLOR Colored cover misc line? (toggle) #CURRENT_V_POS \n(.d ; used in SHIM +#COVERS Print covers? (toggle) #DATE_FIRST Was .DATE invoked as first letter header after .START? (toggle) dc "mark" register for document columns +#DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER Register that tells FOOTNOTE whether to + "move" or "defer" a fn collected inside + a diversion #DEFER_PAGINATION Tells COLLATE to restore pagination (from RESTORE_PAGINATION #DEPTH_1 Doc header depth with lead adjustment @@ -873,6 +908,17 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns (#DOC_LEAD + #DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ) #DOCHEADER_SPACE_ADJ Lead difference between #DEPTH_1 and #DEPTH_2 +#DOC_COVER_START_POS Vertical starting pos of doc cover material +#DOC_COVERS Print doc covers? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_COLOR Colored cover? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_START_POS Vertical starting pos of cover material +#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR Colored doc cover title? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR Colored doc cover subtitle? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR Colored doc cover attribution string? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR Colored doc cover author(s)? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR Colored doc cover doctype? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR Colored doc cover copyright line? (toggle) +#DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR Colored doc cover misc line? (toggle) #DOC_HEADER Whether to print a doc header (toggle) #DOC_LEAD_ADJ Incrementing value (in units) added to #DOC_LEAD to fill page to #B_MARGIN @@ -885,6 +931,11 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns #DOC_R_MARGIN Global R_MARGIN #DOCS Always 1 after START #DOC_TYPE 1=default, 2=chapter, 3=named, 4=letter +#DOING_COVER Tells PRINT_AUTHORS that it's printing + the authors for a cover or doc cover +#DONE_ONCE Keeps track of how many times footnotes + have been collected inside the same diversion +#DONT_RULE_ME Rule this (apparent) first footnote? (toggle) #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM Are we attaching draft/revision info to page number? (toggle) #EM_ADJUST Amount to raise \(em at END @@ -948,9 +999,13 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns epigraph leading #FIELD Incrementing register tacked onto LETTERHEAD #FINIS Was FINIS invoked? (toggle) +#FINIS_COLOR Colored FINIS? (toggle) #FN_AUTOLEAD Autolead value of footnotes #FN_BL_INDENT Left indent of INDENT BOTH in footnotes #FN_BR_INDENT Right indent of INDENT BOTH in footnotes +#FN_COUNT Which fn marker to print; also to + tell mom to reserve space for and print + the rule above footnotes #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS Holds a separate footnote count for columns (so they don't reset to 0 1 until page break) #FN_DEFER Defer footnote to next page/column? (toggle) @@ -968,7 +1023,9 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns fn depth #FN_MARKERS Print footnote markers? (toggle) #FN_MARKER_STYLE 1=STAR; 2=NUMBER -#FN_NUMBER Running count of fn #; used to print fn marker +#FN_NUMBER The footnote number attached to running text + (and fns) when numbers instead of + star/dagger is being used for footnootes numbers #FN_R_INDENT Right indent of INDENT RIGHT in footnotes #FN_RULE_ADJ # of points to raise footnote separator from @@ -980,6 +1037,8 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns page # #FOOTER_MARGIN Amount of space between page # and bottom of page +#FOOTER_POS Position of footer trap (required for + collecting footnotes inside a diversion) #FOOTERS_ON Are we using footers? (toggle) #FOOTERS_WERE_ON Were footers on? - used in FINIS and BLANKPAGE (toggle) @@ -1030,18 +1089,29 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns baseline in SHIM #LETTER_STYLE 1=BUSINESS 2=PERSONAL #LINEBREAK Did we have a linebreak? (toggle) +#LINEBREAK_COLOR Colored linebreak? (toggle) #LINES_PER_PAGE # of lines (at DOC_LEAD) that fit on page after #B_MARGIN is set #L_LENGTH_FOR_EPI Stores line length at top of doc for use with EPIGRAPH when columns are on #L_MARGIN_DIFF Difference between DOC_L_MARGIN and L_MARGIN +#MISC_<n> Used to print "next" misc lines in DO_COVER +#MISC_NUM Number of MISC lines +#MISCS =#MISC_NUM in DO_COVER #n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET Page # from n% when PAGENUMBER invoked #NEXT_AUTHOR Supplies correct digit to AUTHOR_<#> when printing authors in doc header +#NEXT_MISC Incrementing counter for misc lines in + DO_COVER +#NO_EXTRA_SPACE In FOOTNOTE, moves FOOTER trap down by + 1 line (needed for special cases of + deferred footnotes that have been collected + inside a diversion #NO_TRAP_RESET Should we reset page traps? (toggle) #NUM_AUTHORS # of authors mod 2 to test if odd or even # of authors +#NUM_MISCS Number of args passed to MISC #NUMBER_HEAD Are heads numbered? (toggle) #NUMBER_PH Are paraheads numbered? (toggle) #NUMBER_SH Are subheads numbered? (toggle) @@ -1054,6 +1124,7 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns #PAGENUMBER The page number #PAGENUM_STYLE_SET Did we set pagenumber style? (toggle) #PAGE_NUM_H_POS 1=left 2=CENTER 3=right; default=2 +#PAGE_NUM_COLOR Colored pagenumbers? (toggle) #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS Print hyphens surrounding page numbers? (toggle) #PAGE_NUM_HYPHENS_SET Did user set (or unset) hyphens around page @@ -1066,6 +1137,9 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns #PAGE_TOP \n(nl after HEADER completes itself #PH_COLOR Colored paraheads? (toggle) #PH_NUM Parahead number +#PAGE_POS Exact position on page during a diversion + (required for collecting footnotes inside + a diversion) #PAGINATE_TOC Is toc pagination on? (toggle) #PAGINATE_WAS_ON Keeps track of pagination state while outputting blank pages @@ -1102,7 +1176,11 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns alternate pages? (toggle); default=0 #REPEAT Number of times to repeat linebreak character +#RESERVED_SPACE Just enough room to put 1 more line of + footnotes on the page #RESET_EN_PP Holds value of register #EN_PP_INDENT +#RESET_FN_COUNTERS 1 = "moved" footnote collected in a diversion + 2 = "deferred" fn collected in a diversion #RESET_FN_NUMBER Should fn# start at 1 on every page? (toggle) #RESET_L_LENGTH Stores current line length when necessary @@ -1119,6 +1197,12 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns processing $FIRST_DOC_TITLE #RIGHT_CAP_HEIGHT Cap height of right string in headers/footers +#SAVED_FN_COUNT #FN_COUNT+1 prior to +#FN_COUNT; used + in FOOTNOTES while gathering fns inside + diversions +#SAVED_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS+1 prior to + +#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS; used in FOOTNOTES + while gathering fns inside diversions #SH_LEAD_ADJUST #DOC_LEAD/8 (TYPESET) or /2 (TYPEWRITE) (used for subhead spacing) #SH_NUM Subhead number @@ -1143,7 +1227,12 @@ dc "mark" register for document columns #SUSPEND_PAGINATION Suspend pagination prior to endnotes? #SWITCH_HDRFTR Switch HDRFTR_LEFT and HDRFTR_RIGHT? (toggle) +#T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ \n(.v-12000; ensures critically accurate + placement of first lines on pages when + doc processing is not being used and + a T_MARGIN has been set #TAB_OFFSET# "#" at the end is from $CURRENT_TAB +#TERMINATE Has TERMINATE been called? (toggle) #TOC_AUTHORS Whether to append author(s) to toc doc title entries (toggle) #TOC_ENTRY_PN Current page number when a toc entry is @@ -1186,195 +1275,260 @@ y Vertical position stored with mk in hdrftrs. +++STRINGS+++ -$ATTRIBUTE_STRING "by" line in doc header -$AUTHOR_1...9 Document author(s) -$AUTHOR_FAM Family to use for author in doc header -$AUTHOR_FT Font to use for author in doc header -$AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of author in doc header* -$AUTHOR_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of authors -$BQUOTE_COLOR Blockquote color -$BQUOTE_FAM Family to use for blockquotes -$BQUOTE_FT Font to use for blockquotes -$BQUOTE_QUAD Quad value for blockquotes -$BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of blockquotes* -$CENTER_TITLE What to put in the middle of header - title -$CHAPTER The chapter number -$CHAPTER_STRING What to print whenever the word - "chapter" is required -$CHAPTER_TITLE Chapter title (if there is one) -$CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM Family of chapter title -$CHAPTER_TITLE_FT Font of chapter title -$CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of chapter title* -$CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of chapter title -$COPY_STYLE DRAFT or FINAL -$DOC_FAM Predominant font family used in the - document -$DOC_QUAD Quad used for body text (justified or - left) -$DOC_TITLE Overall doc title that gets printed in - headers/footers (mostly for use with - collated docs where each doc is an - article with a different title -$DOC_TYPE Document type (default, chapter, named, - letter) -$DOCHEADER_COLOR Color of docheader -$DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ +|- value applied to #DOC_LEAD to - in/decrease leading of doc header -$DOCTYPE_FAM Family to use for DOCTYPE string in - doc header -$DOCTYPE_FT Font to use for DOCTYPE string in - doc header -$DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of DOCTYPE string in - doc header* -$DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of DOCTYPE -$DRAFT The draft number (string valued) -$DRAFT_STRING What to print whenever the word "draft" - is required -$EN_FAMILY Family for endnotes -$EN_FT Font for endnotes -$EN_PN_STYLE Pagenumbering style for endnotes pages -$EN_QUAD Quad for endnotes -$EN_STRING Endnotes page head -$EN_STRING_FAM Endnotes page head family -$EN_STRING_FT Endnotes page head font -$EN_STRING_QUAD Endnotes page head quad direction -$EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE Endnotes page head size*** -$EN_TITLE Endnote document identifier -$EN_TITLE_FAM Endnote document identifier family -$EN_TITLE_FT Endnote document identifier font -$EN_TITLE_QUAD Endnote document identifier quad - direction -$EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE Endnote document identifier size*** -$EN_NUMBER_FAM Endnote numbering family -$EN_NUMBER_FT Endnote numbering font -$EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE Endnote numbering size*** -$EPI_AUTOLEAD Autolead value (decimals ok) of - epigraphs -$EPI_COLOR Color of epigraphs -$EPI_FAM Family to use in epigraphs -$EPI_FT Font to use in epigraphs -$EPI_QUAD Quad in block-style epigraphs - (justified or left) -$EPI_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of epigraphs* -$FINIS_COLOR Color of FINIS string -$FINIS_STRING What to print when FINIS macro is - invoked -$FIRST_DOC_TITLE 1st doc's title captured in COLLATE -$FN_FAM Family used in footnotes -$FN_FT Font used in footnotes -$FN_QUAD Quad used in footnotes -$FN_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of footnotes* -$FOOTNOTE_COLOR Footnote color -$HDRFTR_CENTER What to put in CENTER part of headers; - default doctype -$HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM Family of CENTER part of headers -$HDRFTR_CENTER_FT Font of centre part of headers -$HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW HDRFTR_CENTER after the start of TOC; - defined in HDRFTR_CENTER if - HDRFTR_CENTER is called as - FOOTER_CENTER -$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD HDRFTR_CENTER just prior to start of - TOC; defined in HDRFTR_CENTER if - HDRFTR_CENTER is called as - FOOTER_CENTER -$HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of centre title in - headers** -$HDRFTR_COLOR Color of headers/footers -$HDRFTR_FAM Family to use in headers -$HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM Family of left part of headers -$HDRFTR_LEFT_FT Font of left part of headers -$HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of author in headers** -$HDRFTR_LEFT What to put in left part of headers; - default author -$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM Family of right part of headers -$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT Font of right part of headers -$HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of right part of - headers** -$HDRFTR_RIGHT What to put in right part of headers; - default title -$HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of headers* -$HDRFTR_TMP_SIZE_CHANGE_SWITCH Temporarily holds - HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE if - #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1 -$HDRFTR_TMP_SWITCH Temporarily holds HDRFTR_LEFT if - #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1 -$HEAD_COLOR Head color -$HEAD_FAM Family to use for section titles -$HEAD_FT Font to use for section titles -$HEAD_QUAD Quad value of section titles -$HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of section titles* -$LINEBREAK_CHAR Character that marks line breaks -$LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ +|- amount by which to raise/lower - linebreak character -$LINEBREAK_COLOR Linebreak color -PAGE# For use in hdrftr strings where page # - is needed; \*[PAGE] -$PAGENUM_COLOR Page number color -$PAGENUM_STYLE String passed to PAGENUM_STYLE -$PAGE_NUM_FAM Family of page numbers -$PAGE_NUM_FT Font of page numbers -$PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of page numbers -$PAPER Paper size (LETTER, A4, LEGAL); - default=LETTER -$PH_COLOR Parahead color -$PP_FT Font used in paragraphs -$QUOTE_COLOR Quote (poetic) color -$QUOTE_FAM Family to use for pquotes -$QUOTE_FT Font to use for pquotes -$QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of pquotes* -#REVISION The revision number (string valued) -$REVISION_STRING What to print whenever the word - "revision" is required -$SH_FAM Family to use in subheads -$SH_FT Font to use in subheads -$SH_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of subheads* -$SH_COLOR Subhead color -$SUBTITLE Document subtitle -$SUBTITLE_FAM Family to use for subtitle in doc - header -$SUBTITLE_FT Font to use for subtitle in doc header -$SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of subtitle* -$SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of subtitle -$SUITE The #SUITE number register -$TITLE Document title -$TITLE_FAM Family to use for title in doc header -$TITLE_FT Font to use for title in doc header -$TITLE_PT_SIZE Absolute point size of title in docheader -$TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of title in doc header* -$TOC_AUTHORS What to print after toc doc title entry - if #TOC_AUTHORS=1 -$TOC_FAM Family to use on toc pages -$TOC_HEAD_FAM Family of toc head entries -$TOC_HEAD_FT Font of toc head entries -$TOC_HEAD_ITEM A head as collected for TOC_ENTRIES -$TOC_HEADER_FAM Family to use for "Contents" -$TOC_HEADER_FT Font to use for "Contents" -$TOC_HEADER_QUAD Quad direction of "Contents" -$TOC_HEADER_SIZE ps in/decrease of "Contents"**** -$TOC_HEADER_STRING Header string of first toc page -$TOC_PN Sets up toc leaders + entry pn - (typeset) -$TOC_PN_FAM Family for toc entries page numbers -$TOC_PN_FT Font for toc entries page numbers -$TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of toc entries page - numbers -$TOC_PN_STYLE Page-numbering style of toc pages -$TOC_PN_TYPEWRITE Sets up toc leaders + entry pn - (typewrite) -$TOC_PH_FAM Family of toc parahead entries -$TOC_PH_FT Font of toc parahead entries -$TOC_PARAHEAD_ITEM A parahead collected for TOC_ENTRIES -$TOC_SH_FAM Family of toc subhead entries -$TOC_SH_FT Font of toc subhead entries -$TOC_SH_ITEM A subhead collected for TOC_ENTRIES -$TOC_TITLE_FAM Family of toc doc title entries -$TOC_TITLE_FT Font of toc doc title entries -$USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM User defined toc doc title entry as - set by TOC_TITLE_ENTRY -$UR_PAGINATION_STYLE Pagination style prior to endnotes -$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO User defined header/footer recto string -$USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO User defined header/footer verso string +$ATTRIBUTE_STRING "by" line in doc header +$AUTHOR_1...9 Document author(s) +$AUTHOR_FAM Family to use for author in doc header +$AUTHOR_FT Font to use for author in doc header +$AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of author in doc header* +$AUTHOR_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of authors +$BQUOTE_COLOR Blockquote color +$BQUOTE_FAM Family to use for blockquotes +$BQUOTE_FT Font to use for blockquotes +$BQUOTE_QUAD Quad value for blockquotes +$BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of blockquotes* +$CENTER_TITLE What to put in the middle of header + title +$CHAPTER The chapter number +$CHAPTER_STRING What to print whenever the word + "chapter" is required +$CHAPTER_TITLE Chapter title (if there is one) +$CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM Family of chapter title +$CHAPTER_TITLE_FT Font of chapter title +$CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of chapter title* +$CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of chapter title +$CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR Color of chapter title +$COPYRIGHT_FAM Copyright line family +$COPYRIGHT_FT Copyright line font +$COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE Copyright line size* +$COPYRIGHT_COLOR Copyright line color +$COPYRIGHT_QUAD Copyright line quad direction +$COPY_STYLE DRAFT or FINAL +$COVER_FAM Overall cover family +$COVER_COLOR Overall cover color +$COVER_TITLE User-defined cover title string +$COVER_TITLE_FAM Cover title family +$COVER_TITLE_FT Cover title font +$COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE Cover title size* +$COVER_TITLE_COLOR Cover title color +$COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM Cover subtitle family +$COVER_SUBTITLE_FT Cover subtitle font +$COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE Cover subtitle size* +$COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR Cover subtitle color +$COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR Cover attribution string color +$COVER_AUTHOR_FAM Cover author(s) family +$COVER_AUTHOR_FT Cover author(s) font +$COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE Cover author(s) size* +$COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR Cover author(s) color +$COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM Cover doctype family +$COVER_DOCTYPE_FT Cover doctype font +$COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE Cover doctype size* +$COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR Cover doctype color +$COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM Cover copyright family +$COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT Cover copyright font +$COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE Cover copyright size* +$COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR Cover copyright color +$COVER_MISC_FAM Cover misc family +$COVER_MISC_FT Cover misc font +$COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE Cover misc size* +$COVER_MISC_COLOR Cover misc color +$DOC_COVER_FAM Overall doc cover family +$DOC_COVER_COLOR Overall doc cover color +$DOC_COVER_TITLE User-defined doc cover title string +$DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM Doc cover title family +$DOC_COVER_TITLE_FT Doc cover title font +$DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover title size* +$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR Doc cover title color +$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM Doc cover subtitle family +$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FT Doc cover subtitle font +$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover subtitle size* +$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR Doc cover subtitle color +$DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR Doc cover attribution string color +$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM Doc cover author(s) family +$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FT Doc cover author(s) font +$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover author(s) size* +$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR Doc cover author(s) color +$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM Doc cover doctype family +$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FT Doc cover doctype font +$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover doctype size* +$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR Doc cover doctype color +$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM Doc cover copyright family +$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT Doc cover copyright font +$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover copyright size* +$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR Doc cover copyright color +$DOC_COVER_MISC_FAM Doc cover misc family +$DOC_COVER_MISC_FT Doc cover misc font +$DOC_COVER_MISC_SIZE_CHANGE Doc cover misc size* +$DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR Doc cover misc color +$DOC_FAM Predominant font family used in the + document +$DOC_QUAD Quad used for body text (justified or + left) +$DOC_TITLE Overall doc title that gets printed in + headers/footers (mostly for use with + collated docs where each doc is an + article with a different title) +$DOC_TYPE Document type (default, chapter, named, + letter) +$DOCHEADER_COLOR Color of docheader +$DOCHEADER_FAM Family used for all parts of the docheader +$DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ +|- value applied to #DOC_LEAD to + in/decrease leading of doc header +$DOCTYPE_FAM Family to use for DOCTYPE string in + doc header +$DOCTYPE_FT Font to use for DOCTYPE string in + doc header +$DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of DOCTYPE string in + doc header* +$DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of DOCTYPE +$DRAFT The draft number (string valued) +$DRAFT_STRING What to print whenever the word "draft" + is required +$EN_FAMILY Family for endnotes +$EN_FT Font for endnotes +$EN_PN_STYLE Pagenumbering style for endnotes pages +$EN_QUAD Quad for endnotes +$EN_STRING Endnotes page head +$EN_STRING_FAM Endnotes page head family +$EN_STRING_FT Endnotes page head font +$EN_STRING_QUAD Endnotes page head quad direction +$EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE Endnotes page head size*** +$EN_TITLE Endnote document identifier +$EN_TITLE_FAM Endnote document identifier family +$EN_TITLE_FT Endnote document identifier font +$EN_TITLE_QUAD Endnote document identifier quad + direction +$EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE Endnote document identifier size*** +$EN_NUMBER_FAM Endnote numbering family +$EN_NUMBER_FT Endnote numbering font +$EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE Endnote numbering size*** +$EPI_AUTOLEAD Autolead value (decimals ok) of + epigraphs +$EPI_COLOR Color of epigraphs +$EPI_FAM Family to use in epigraphs +$EPI_FT Font to use in epigraphs +$EPI_QUAD Quad in block-style epigraphs + (justified or left) +$EPI_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of epigraphs* +$FINIS_COLOR Color of FINIS string +$FINIS_STRING What to print when FINIS macro is + invoked +$FIRST_DOC_TITLE 1st doc's title captured in COLLATE +$FN_FAM Family used in footnotes +$FN_FT Font used in footnotes +$FN_QUAD Quad used in footnotes +$FN_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of footnotes* +$FOOTNOTE_COLOR Footnote color +$HDRFTR_CENTER What to put in CENTER part of headers; + default doctype +$HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM Family of CENTER part of headers +$HDRFTR_CENTER_FT Font of centre part of headers +$HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW HDRFTR_CENTER after the start of TOC; + defined in HDRFTR_CENTER if + HDRFTR_CENTER is called as + FOOTER_CENTER +$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD HDRFTR_CENTER just prior to start of + TOC; defined in HDRFTR_CENTER if + HDRFTR_CENTER is called as + FOOTER_CENTER +$HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of centre title in + headers** +$HDRFTR_COLOR Color of headers/footers +$HDRFTR_FAM Family to use in headers +$HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM Family of left part of headers +$HDRFTR_LEFT_FT Font of left part of headers +$HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of author in headers** +$HDRFTR_LEFT What to put in left part of headers; + default author +$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM Family of right part of headers +$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT Font of right part of headers +$HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of right part of + headers** +$HDRFTR_RIGHT What to put in right part of headers; + default title +$HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of headers* +$HDRFTR_TMP_SIZE_CHANGE_SWITCH Temporarily holds + HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE if + #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1 +$HDRFTR_TMP_SWITCH Temporarily holds HDRFTR_LEFT if + #SWITCH_HDRFTRS=1 +$HEAD_COLOR Head color +$HEAD_FAM Family to use for section titles +$HEAD_FT Font to use for section titles +$HEAD_QUAD Quad value of section titles +$HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of section titles* +$LINEBREAK_CHAR Character that marks line breaks +$LINEBREAK_CHAR_V_ADJ +|- amount by which to raise/lower + linebreak character +$LINEBREAK_COLOR Linebreak color +$MISC_COLOR Misc line color +$MISC_QUAD Misc line quad +PAGE# For use in hdrftr strings where page # + is needed; \*[PAGE] +$PAGENUM_COLOR Page number color +$PAGENUM_STYLE String passed to PAGENUM_STYLE +$PAGE_NUM_FAM Family of page numbers +$PAGE_NUM_FT Font of page numbers +$PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of page numbers +$PAPER Paper size (LETTER, A4, LEGAL); + default=LETTER +$PH_COLOR Parahead color +$PP_FT Font used in paragraphs +$QUOTE_COLOR Quote (poetic) color +$QUOTE_FAM Family to use for pquotes +$QUOTE_FT Font to use for pquotes +$QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of pquotes* +#REVISION The revision number (string valued) +$REVISION_STRING What to print whenever the word + "revision" is required +$SH_FAM Family to use in subheads +$SH_FT Font to use in subheads +$SH_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of subheads* +$SH_COLOR Subhead color +$SUBTITLE Document subtitle +$SUBTITLE_FAM Family to use for subtitle in doc + header +$SUBTITLE_FT Font to use for subtitle in doc header +$SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of subtitle* +$SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE Absolute ps of subtitle +$SUITE The #SUITE number register +$TITLE Document title +$TITLE_FAM Family to use for title in doc header +$TITLE_FT Font to use for title in doc header +$TITLE_PT_SIZE Absolute point size of title in docheader +$TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of title in doc header* +$TOC_AUTHORS What to print after toc doc title entry + if #TOC_AUTHORS=1 +$TOC_FAM Family to use on toc pages +$TOC_HEAD_FAM Family of toc head entries +$TOC_HEAD_FT Font of toc head entries +$TOC_HEAD_ITEM A head as collected for TOC_ENTRIES +$TOC_HEADER_FAM Family to use for "Contents" +$TOC_HEADER_FT Font to use for "Contents" +$TOC_HEADER_QUAD Quad direction of "Contents" +$TOC_HEADER_SIZE ps in/decrease of "Contents"**** +$TOC_HEADER_STRING Header string of first toc page +$TOC_PN Sets up toc leaders + entry pn + (typeset) +$TOC_PN_FAM Family for toc entries page numbers +$TOC_PN_FT Font for toc entries page numbers +$TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE ps in/decrease of toc entries page + numbers +$TOC_PN_STYLE Page-numbering style of toc pages +$TOC_PN_TYPEWRITE Sets up toc leaders + entry pn + (typewrite) +$TOC_PH_FAM Family of toc parahead entries +$TOC_PH_FT Font of toc parahead entries +$TOC_PARAHEAD_ITEM A parahead collected for TOC_ENTRIES +$TOC_SH_FAM Family of toc subhead entries +$TOC_SH_FT Font of toc subhead entries +$TOC_SH_ITEM A subhead collected for TOC_ENTRIES +$TOC_TITLE_FAM Family of toc doc title entries +$TOC_TITLE_FT Font of toc doc title entries +$USER_SET_TITLE_ITEM User defined toc doc title entry as + set by TOC_TITLE_ENTRY +$UR_PAGINATION_STYLE Pagination style prior to endnotes +$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO User defined header/footer recto string +$USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO User defined header/footer verso string *relative to #DOC_PT_SIZE **relative to overall ps of headers as set by HEADER_SIZE @@ -1421,8 +1575,18 @@ cend +++ALIASES+++ -All macros that include the word COLOR have aliases that use COLOUR instead, -e.g. NEWCOLOUR, XCOLOUR, COLOUR, HEAD_COLOUR, SUBHEAD_COLOUR, etc. +Please note: + +Prior to version 1.1.9, all macros that included the word COLOR had +aliases that used COLOUR instead. This convenience has now been +removed, in an effort to reduce the size of the om.tmac file. + +Furthermore, if you want the convenience, you'll have to edit the +om.tmac file. Simply aliasing, say, HEAD_COLOR as HEAD_COLOUR will +not work, owing to significant changes in the handling of +docelement control macros that end in _COLOR. + ++++The following are for convenience, and header/footer management+++ BREAK_BLOCKQUOTE BREAK_QUOTE BREAK_CITATION BREAK_QUOTE @@ -1440,84 +1604,31 @@ DOC_PS DOC_PT_SIZE DOC_R_MARGIN DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN DOC_RMARGIN DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN FOOTER_CENTER_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -FOOTER_CENTER_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -FOOTER_CENTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -FOOTER_CENTER_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -FOOTER_CENTER_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT FOOTER_CENTER HDRFTR_CENTER -FOOTER_CENTER_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -FOOTER_CENTER_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE FOOTER_CENTRE_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -FOOTER_CENTRE_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -FOOTER_CENTRE_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -FOOTER_CENTRE_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT FOOTER_CENTRE HDRFTR_CENTER -FOOTER_CENTRE_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -FOOTER_CENTRE_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -FOOTER_FAM HDRFTR_FAMILY -FOOTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_FAMILY FOOTER_LEFT_CAPS HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS -FOOTER_LEFT_FAM HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -FOOTER_LEFT_FAMILY HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -FOOTER_LEFT_FONT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT -FOOTER_LEFT_FT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT FOOTER_LEFT HDRFTR_LEFT -FOOTER_LEFT_PS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -FOOTER_LEFT_SIZE HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE FOOTER_PLAIN HDRFTR_PLAIN FOOTER_RECTO HDRFTR_RECTO FOOTER_RIGHT_CAPS HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS -FOOTER_RIGHT_FAM HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -FOOTER_RIGHT_FAMILY HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -FOOTER_RIGHT_FONT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT -FOOTER_RIGHT_FT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT FOOTER_RIGHT HDRFTR_RIGHT -FOOTER_RIGHT_PS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE FOOTER_RULE_GAP HDRFTR_RULE_GAP FOOTER_RULE HDRFTR_RULE -FOOTER_SIZE HDRFTR_SIZE FOOTER_VERSO HDRFTR_VERSO HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL HDRFTR_RULE HEADER_CENTER_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -HEADER_CENTER_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -HEADER_CENTER_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -HEADER_CENTER_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT HEADER_CENTER HDRFTR_CENTER -HEADER_CENTER_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -HEADER_CENTER_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE HEADER_CENTRE_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -HEADER_CENTRE_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -HEADER_CENTRE_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -HEADER_CENTRE_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -HEADER_CENTRE_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT HEADER_CENTRE HDRFTR_CENTER -HEADER_CENTRE_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -HEADER_CENTRE_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -HEADER_FAM HDRFTR_FAMILY -HEADER_FAMILY HDRFTR_FAMILY HEADER_LEFT_CAPS HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS -HEADER_LEFT_FAM HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -HEADER_LEFT_FONT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT -HEADER_LEFT_FT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT HEADER_LEFT HDRFTR_LEFT -HEADER_LEFT_PS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -HEADER_LEFT_SIZE HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE HEADER_PLAIN HDRFTR_PLAIN HEADER_RECTO HDRFTR_RECTO HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS -HEADER_RIGHT_FAM HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -HEADER_RIGHT_FONT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT -HEADER_RIGHT_FT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT HEADER_RIGHT HDRFTR_RIGHT -HEADER_RIGHT_PS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE HEADER_RULE_GAP HDRFTR_RULE_GAP HEADER_RULE HDRFTR_RULE -HEADER_SIZE HDRFTR_SIZE HEADER_VERSO HDRFTR_VERSO PAGENUM PAGENUMBER PAGINATION PAGINATE @@ -1525,9 +1636,173 @@ PP_FT PP_FONT PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE FOOTNOTE_RULE SWITCH_FOOTERS SWITCH_HDRFTR SWITCH_HEADERS SWITCH_HDRFTR -TOC_FAM TOC_FAMILY TOC_LS TOC_LEAD TOC_PS TOC_PT_SIZE + ++++The following are used for docelement type-style control+++ + +AUTHOR_FAMILY _FAMILY +AUTHOR_FONT _FONT +AUTHOR_SIZE _SIZE +BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR _COLOR +BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +BLOCKQUOTE_FONT _FONT +BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD _QUAD +BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE _SIZE +CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY _FAMILY +COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT _FONT +COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD _QUAD +COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE _SIZE +COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY _FAMILY +COVER_AUTHOR_FONT _FONT +COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE _SIZE +COVER_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY _FAMILY +COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT _FONT +COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE _SIZE +COVER_FAMILY _FAMILY +COVER_MISC_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_MISC_QUAD _QUAD +COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT _FONT +COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE _SIZE +COVER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +COVER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +COVER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +COVER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT _FONT +DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD _QUAD +DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE _SIZE +DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT _FONT +DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE _SIZE +DOC_COVER_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT _FONT +DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE _SIZE +DOC_COVER_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD _QUAD +DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT _FONT +DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE _SIZE +DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +DOC_QUAD _QUAD +DOCHEADER_COLOR _COLOR +DOCHEADER_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOCTYPE_FAMILY _FAMILY +DOCTYPE_FONT _FONT +DOCTYPE_SIZE _SIZE +ENDNOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +ENDNOTE_FONT _FONT +ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY _FAMILY +ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT _FONT +ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE _SIZE +ENDNOTE_QUAD _QUAD +ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY _FAMILY +ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT _FONT +ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD _QUAD +ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE _SIZE +ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT _FONT +ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD _QUAD +ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +EPIGRAPH_COLOR _COLOR +EPIGRAPH_FAMILY _FAMILY +EPIGRAPH_FONT _FONT +EPIGRAPH_QUAD _QUAD +EPIGRAPH_SIZE _SIZE +FINIS_COLOR _COLOR +FOOTNOTE_COLOR _COLOR +FOOTNOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +FOOTNOTE_FONT _FONT +FOOTNOTE_QUAD _QUAD +FOOTNOTE_SIZE _SIZE +HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY _FAMILY +HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT _FONT +HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE _SIZE +HDRFTR_COLOR _COLOR +HDRFTR_FAMILY _FAMILY +HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY _FAMILY +HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT _FONT +HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE _SIZE +HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY _FAMILY +HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT _FONT +HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE _SIZE +HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR _COLOR +HDRFTR_SIZE _SIZE +HEAD_COLOR _COLOR +HEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +HEAD_FONT _FONT +HEAD_QUAD _QUAD +HEAD_SIZE _SIZE +LINEBREAK_COLOR _COLOR +MISC_COLOR _COLOR +MISC_QUAD _QUAD +PAGENUM_COLOR _COLOR +PAGENUM_FAMILY _FAMILY +PAGENUM_FONT _FONT +PARAHEAD_COLOR _COLOR +PARAHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +PARAHEAD_FONT _FONT +PARAHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +QUOTE_COLOR _COLOR +QUOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +QUOTE_FONT _FONT +QUOTE_INDENT _INDENT +QUOTE_SIZE _SIZE +SUBHEAD_COLOR _COLOR +SUBHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +SUBHEAD_FONT _FONT +SUBHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +SUBTITLE_COLOR _COLOR +SUBTITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +SUBTITLE_FONT _FONT +SUBTITLE_SIZE _SIZE +TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +TITLE_FONT _FONT +TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_FAM _FAMILY +TOC_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_HEADER_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_HEADER_FONT _FONT +TOC_HEADER_QUAD _QUAD +TOC_HEADER_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_HEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_HEAD_FONT _FONT +TOC_HEAD_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT _FONT +TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_PN_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_PN_FONT _FONT +TOC_PN_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_PT_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT _FONT +TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +TOC_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +TOC_TITLE_FONT _FONT +TOC_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE </pre> <hr> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html index ff4d653a..43fae961 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/toc.html @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> -<title>Mom -- Table of Contents</title> +<title>Mom, version 1.1.9 -- Table of Contents</title> </head> <body bgcolor="#dfdfdf"> <!====================================================================> -<h1><u>Table of Contents</u></h1> -<a href="#TOC_PROP">This link takes you to the top of the Table of Contents proper</a> +<h1><u>Table of Contents for mom, version 1.1.9</u></h1> + +The table of contents has grown quite large. Clicking on a +link in Quick Table of Contents Navigation takes you to the appropriate +section of the Table of Contents itself. If you want to go directly to +the top of the full Table of Contents, click +<a href="#TOC_PROP">here.</a> <p> <hr> + <h2>Quick Table of Contents Navigation</h2> <a href="#INTRO"><strong>INTRODUCTORY STUFF</strong></a> <ul> @@ -34,6 +41,7 @@ <li><a href="#ESCAPES">Inline escapes</a> <li><a href="#COLOR">Coloured text</a> </ul> +<p> <a href="#DOCPROC"><strong>DOCUMENT PROCESSING WITH MOM</strong></a> <ul> <li><a href="#DOCPROC_INTRO">Introduction to document processing</a> @@ -45,12 +53,13 @@ <li><a href="#COVER">Cover pages</a> <li><a href="#LETTER">Writing letters</a> <li><a href="#TYPEMACDOC">Using typesetting macros during document processing</a> + <li><a href="#QUICK">Quick reference guide to mom</a> <li><a href="#APP">Appendices</a> </ul> <br> <hr> <a name="TOC_PROP"></a> -<h2>The Table of Contents Proper</h2> +<h2>The Table of Contents</h2> <a name="INTRO"></a> <a name="WHAT"></a> <li><a href="intro.html#INTRO"><strong>1. WHAT IS MOM?</strong></a> @@ -144,7 +153,7 @@ <li><a href="goodies.html#GOODIES"><strong>4.11 Goodies</strong></a> -- aliases, transparent lines, smartquotes, caps, underscoring/underlining, padding lines, leaders, drop - caps, superscripts, (nested) lists + caps, superscripts, (nested) lists, user-definable strings <ul> <li><a href="goodies.html#INDEX_GOODIES">4.11.1 Macro list</a> </ul> @@ -188,6 +197,10 @@ <li><a href="docprocessing.html#CHAPTER_TITLE">5.3.2.6 CHAPTER_TITLE</a> <li><a href="docprocessing.html#DRAFT">5.3.2.7 DRAFT</a> <li><a href="docprocessing.html#REVISION">5.3.2.8 REVISION</a> + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#COPYRIGHT">5.3.2.9 COPYRIGHT</a> + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#MISC">5.3.2.10 MISC</a> + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#COVERTITLE">5.3.2.11 COVER_TITLE</a> + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#COVERTITLE">5.3.2.12 DOC_COVER_TITLE</a> </ul> <li><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCSTYLE_MACROS"><strong>5.3.3 The Docstyle Macros</strong></a> <ul> @@ -201,8 +214,11 @@ <ul> <li><a href="docprocessing.html#COLOR">Colour</a> </ul> - <li><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_LEAD_ADJUST">5.3.4.2 DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a> -- adjust document leading to fill pages - <li><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER">5.3.4.3 DOCHEADER</a> -- managing the docheader + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#DOC_LEAD_ADJUST">5.3.4.2 DOC_LEAD_ADJUST</a> -- adjusting the document + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_LEADING">leading</a> (line spacing) to fill pages + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#DOCHEADER">5.3.4.3 DOCHEADER</a> -- managing the + <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_DOCHEADER">document header</a> + <li><a href="docprocessing.html#COLUMNS_INTRO">5.3.4.4 COLUMNS</a> -- setting documents in columns </ul> <li><a href="docprocessing.html#START_MACRO"><strong>5.3.5 ***START***</strong></a> -- the macro to initiate document processing @@ -267,7 +283,7 @@ </ul> </ul> <a name="COVER"></a> - <li><a href="cover.html"><strong>5.8 CREATING A COVER PAGE</strong></a> + <li><a href="cover.html#COVER_TOP"><strong>5.8 CREATING COVER PAGES</strong></a> <br> <a name="LETTER"></a> <li><a href="letters.html#LETTERS"><strong>5.9 WRITING LETTERS</strong></a> @@ -280,13 +296,16 @@ <a name="TYPEMACDOC"></a> <li><a href="typemacdoc.html#TYPESETTING"><strong>5.10 USING TYPESETTING MACROS DURING DOCUMENT PROCESSING</strong></a> </ul> +<a name="QUICK"></a> +<li><a href="macrolist.html#QUICK"><strong>6. QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE TO MOM</strong></a> +<p> <a name="APP"></a> - <li><a href="appendices.html#APPENDICES"><strong>6. APPENDICES</strong></a> +<li><a href="appendices.html#APPENDICES"><strong>7. APPENDICES</strong></a> <ul> - <li><a href="appendices.html#MOREDOC">6.1 Further notes on this documentation</a> - <li><a href="appendices.html#CODENOTES">6.2 Some reflections on mom</a> - <li><a href="reserved.html#RESERVED">6.3 List of reserved words</a> - <li><a href="appendices.html#CONTACT">6.4 Contact the author</a> + <li><a href="appendices.html#MOREDOC">7.1 Further notes on this documentation</a> + <li><a href="appendices.html#CODENOTES">7.2 Some reflections on mom</a> + <li><a href="reserved.html#RESERVED">7.3 List of reserved words</a> + <li><a href="appendices.html#CONTACT">7.4 Contact the author</a> </ul> </ul> </body> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/typemacdoc.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/typemacdoc.html index 5ded8517..e01ec7a5 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/typemacdoc.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/typemacdoc.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -7,7 +8,7 @@ <!====================================================================> -<a href="appendices.html#TOP">Next</a> +<a href="macrolist.html#TOP">Next</a> <a href="letters.html#TOP">Prev</a> <a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> <p> @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ or page numbers. <p> <hr> -<a href="appendices.html#TOP">Next</a> +<a href="macrolist.html#TOP">Next</a> <a href="letters.html#TOP">Prev</a> <a href="#TOP">Top</a> <a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html index 0e129c02..87777a1f 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/typesetting.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> @@ -546,9 +547,15 @@ processing the current page and move you to the top of a new one (subject to the top margin set with <a href="#T_MARGIN">T_MARGIN</a>. <p> -<strong>Experts:</strong> <strong>NEWPAGE</strong> is an alias of -<strong>.bp</strong>. You can use either, or mix 'n' match with -impunity. +<strong>Experts:</strong> Prior to version 1.1.9, +<strong>NEWPAGE</strong> was simply an alias of +<strong>.bp</strong>. As of 1.1.9, <strong>NEWPAGE</strong>, +is its own <strong>mom</strong> macro. While the new macro +should be backwardly compatible with documents created using +pre-1.1.9 <strong>mom</strong>s, I suggest that from this version +onward, if you were in the habit of using <strong>.bp</strong> +whenever you wanted to break to a new page, you now begin to use +<strong>NEWPAGE</strong> instead. <p> <hr> @@ -1079,6 +1086,11 @@ You can use either, or mix 'n' match with impunity. <a name="EL"><h3><u>Manually break a line without advancing on the page</u></h3></a> <br> Macro: <strong>EL</strong> +<br> +<em>*In nofill modes (LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER), you must terminate the +line preceding EL with the \c inline escape. See the +<a href="#EL_NOTE">NOTE</a>, +below.</em> <p> The mnemonic "EL" is borrowed from old Compugraphic typesetting @@ -1090,7 +1102,8 @@ with no linefeed. <em>Note to groff jocks:</em> <strong>EL</strong> is unrelated to groff's <strong>.el</strong>. If you find the similarity confusing, you may want to alias <strong>EL</strong> as -<strong>EOL</strong>. +something else (but don't use <strong>EOL</strong>; it's already +taken.) <p> <strong>EL</strong>'s function is simple: it breaks a line without @@ -1129,47 +1142,48 @@ you don't have to recalculate the extra space. from Compugraphic), which is covered in the section <a href="#ALDRLD">Vertical movement</a>. <p> -<strong>IMPORTANT:</strong> -<strong>EL</strong> does not work as advertised on the last +<a name="EL_NOTE"><strong>NOTE:</strong></a> +In versions of mom prior to 1.1.9, <strong>EL</strong> did not +always work as advertised on the last <a name="TERMS_OUTPUTLINE">output line</a> -of pages that contain a footer trap (e.g. one set with +of pages that contained a footer trap (e.g. one set with <a href="#B_MARGIN">B_MARGIN</a> or in documents formatted using the <a href="docprocessing.html#DOCPROCESSING">document processing macros</a>). -The reason is that the <strong>EL</strong> macro itself deposits -a line break that trips the trap (hey, I like that -- -"trips the trap"), and once the trap has been sprung, -<strong>mom</strong> can't recover. She places the line after -the <strong>EL</strong> on the next page. -<p> -If you need <strong>EL</strong> functionality on the last line of a -page that has a footer trap, turn the trap off by surrounding the -line to be <strong>EL</strong>'d with -<a href="goodies.html#TRAP">TRAP</a> -requests, as in following example. <p> -<pre> - .TRAP OFF \" Turn trap off - 3. \" Input the first line - .EL \" Invoke EL... - .TRAP \" ...and turn trap back on *before* inputting next line - \*[FP12]Establish, once and for all, if 42 really is the answer. -</pre> - -The above looks something like this upon output: +<strong>EL</strong> has been re-written so that this should no longer be the +case. However, in order for it to work in the +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_NOFILL">nofill</a> +modes +(<a href="#LRC">LEFT</a>, +<a href="#LRC">RIGHT</a> +or +<a href="#LRC">CENTER</a>), +you must always "join" <strong>.EL</strong> to the line +before it using the +<a href="#JOIN">\c</a> +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_INLINES">inline escape</a>, +like this: <p> <pre> - 3. Establish, once and for all, if 42 really is the answer. + .LEFT + A line I don't want to advance\c + .EL </pre> -with "3." flush at the left margin, and "Establish, -once and for all..." on the same line as "3." but -starting 12 points in from the left margin. +Conversely, in +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_FILLED">fill modes</a> +(<a href="#QUAD">QUAD LEFT</a>, +<a href="#QUAD">QUAD RIGHT</a>, +<a href="#QUAD">QUAD CENTER</a> +or +<a href="#JUSTIFY">JUSTIFY</a>), +the <strong>\c</strong> must not be used. <p> -If you hadn't turned the trap off for <kbd>.EL</kbd>, -"3." would have appeared at the bottom of the page by -itself, with "Establish, once and for all..." -appearing at the top of the next page. +If <strong>EL</strong> is used after a macro or a groff +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_PRIMITIVES">primitive</a>, +you don't have to worry about this, regardless of the fill mode. +Just type <kbd>.EL</kbd> <p> <!---SP---> @@ -1807,7 +1821,7 @@ off. <p> Kerning of individual character pairs can be controlled with the <a href="definitions.html#TERMS_INLINES">inline escapes</a> -<strong>\*[BU #]</strong> and <strong>\*[FU #]</strong>. See +<strong>\*[BU <n>]</strong> and <strong>\*[FU <n>]</strong>. See <a href="inlines.html#INLINE_KERNING_MOM">Inline Escapes, kerning</a>. <p> @@ -2993,6 +3007,11 @@ not 6 picas plus the 2 pica indent. <br> Macro: <strong>TN</strong> <br> +<em>*In tabs that aren't given the QUAD argument when they're set up +with TAB_SET or ST, you must terminate the line preceding TN with +the \c inline escape. See the +<a href="#TN_NOTE">ADDITIONAL NOTE</a>, +below.</em> <p> <strong>TN</strong> moves over to the next tab in numeric @@ -3028,36 +3047,45 @@ The above example, assuming tabs numbered from 1 to 4, should be entered Yet more text </pre> <p> -<strong>ADDITIONAL NOTE:</strong> <strong>TN</strong> is like -<a href="#EL">EL</a> -in that it doesn't work as advertised on the last line before a -footer trap is sprung. If you need to use <strong>TN</strong> on -the last line of a page that has a footer trap, turn the trap off by -surrounding the line to be <strong>TN</strong>'d with -<a href="goodies.html#TRAP">TRAP</a>, -requests, as in the following example. +<a name="TN_NOTE"><strong>ADDITIONAL NOTE:</strong></a> +In versions of mom prior to 1.1.9, <strong>TN</strong> did not +always work as advertised on the last +<a name="TERMS_OUTPUTLINE">output line</a> +of pages that contained a footer trap (e.g. one set with +<a href="#B_MARGIN">B_MARGIN</a> +or in documents formatted using the +<a href="docprocessing.html#DOCPROCESSING">document processing macros</a>). +<p> +<strong>TN</strong> has been re-written so that this should no longer be the +case. However, in order for it to work in tabs that have not been +given a <kbd>QUAD</kbd> argument (see +<a href="#TAB_SET">TAB_SET</a> +and +<a href="#ST">ST</a>) +you must always "join" <strong>.TN</strong> to the line +before it using the +<a href="#JOIN">\c</a> +<a href="definitions.html#TERMS_INLINES">inline escape</a>, +as in the following example: <p> <pre> .TAB_SET 1 0 1P L .TAB_SET 2 1P 20P L .TAB 1 - .TRAP OFF \" Turn trap off - 1. \" Input the first line - .TN \" Invoke TN... - .TRAP \" ...and turn trap back on *before* inputting next line + 1.\c + .TN The first rule of survival is "make and keep good friends." </pre> -The above, at the bottom of a page, will look something like this: +When output, the example will look like this: <p> <pre> 1. The first rule of survival is "make and keep good friends." </pre> -If you hadn't turned the trap off before <kbd>.TN</kbd>, -"1." would have appeared as the last line on the page, -with "The first rule of survival..." being the first -line on the next page. +Conversely, if you did give a <kbd>QUAD</kbd> argument +to <strong>TAB_SET</strong> or <strong>ST</strong>, the +<strong>\c</strong> must not be used. <p> <!---TQ---> @@ -3765,7 +3793,7 @@ now also be invoked as</em> <strong>ILQ, IRQ</strong> <em>and</em> <strong>IBQ</strong><em>. Both forms are acceptable.</em> <p> Without an argument, the macros to quit indents merely restore your -original left margin and line length. The measures stored in the +original margins and line length. The measures stored in the indent macros themselves are saved so you can call them again without having to supply a measure. <p> @@ -3784,5 +3812,6 @@ the values for all indent styles at once. <a href="definitions.html#TOP">Prev</a> <a href="#TOP">Top</a> <a href="toc.html">Back to Table of Contents</a> + </body> </html> diff --git a/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html b/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html index a2f65a64..de6a614e 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html +++ b/contrib/mom/momdoc/using.html @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN"> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1"> diff --git a/contrib/mom/om.tmac b/contrib/mom/om.tmac index 68050697..25e6cbf4 100644 --- a/contrib/mom/om.tmac +++ b/contrib/mom/om.tmac @@ -23,11 +23,26 @@ .\" .\" .\" -\# Version 1.1.8 +\# Version 1.1.9 \# ------------- \# .if (\n[.x]\n[.y] < 118) \ -. ab You need GNU troff version 1.18 or higher to run this version of mom! +. ab You need GNU troff version 1.18 or higher to run this version of mom. +.if !\n[.g]=1 \ +. ab The mom macros require that you be running GNU troff. +\# +\# ==================================================================== +\# +\# Antoine de St-Exupéry asserted that elegance in engineering is +\# achieved not when there is nothing left to add, but when there is +\# nothing left to take away. +\# +\# By those standards, mom is a Rube Goldberg contraption. She was created +\# over the years while groff, and my understanding of it, changed and +\# evolved. The routines for handling docheaders and epigraphs, in +\# particular, are pretty Baroque. Since I added the SHIM macro, much +\# of what they contain could probably be removed. However, I'm a +\# firm believer in "if it ain't broke, don't fix it." \# \# Inasmuch as possible, macros that turn a feature on or off follow \# a similar style. Invoking the macro without an argument turns @@ -45,17 +60,23 @@ \# \# +++ALIASES+++ \# -.als ALIAS als \"Alias .als as ALIAS -.als ALIASN aln \"Alias .aln (number registers) as ALIASN +\# Alias .als as ALIAS, and .aln (number registers) as ALIASN +\# +.als ALIAS als +.als ALIASN aln +\# +\# +\# ALIASES FOR GROFF REQUESTS +\# -------------------------- \# .ALIAS MAC de .ALIAS BR br .ALIAS SPACE sp .ALIAS SP sp .ALIAS PAGELENGTH pl -.ALIAS NEWPAGE bp .ALIAS SPREAD brp .ALIAS ESC_CHAR ec +.ALIAS STRING ds \# \# ALIASES FOR NUMBER REGISTERS \# ---------------------------- @@ -73,44 +94,35 @@ \# \# MISCELLANEOUS \# ============= -.cflags 4 /\(en \" So slash and en-dashes get broken .nr #L_MARGIN \n(.o \" Tabs, etc require #L_MARGIN +.cflags 4 /\(en \" So slash and en-dashes get broken +.warn 8192 \# -\# ==================================================================== -\# -\# END MACRO FOR LETTERS -\# --------------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# none -\# *Function: -\# The .em macro executed at the end of letters. Turns footers -\# and pagination off, terminates and outputs diversion CLOSING -\# (indented with the author's name underneath). -\# -.MAC ALL_DONE END -. br -. FOOTERS OFF -. PAGINATION OFF -. if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\ -. br -. if !'\\n(.z'' \{ .di \} -. IQ CLEAR -. TQ -. TAB_SET 1 \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u/2u \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u/2u LEFT -. ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u -. TAB 1 -. if \\n[#CLOSING] \{\ -. nf -. CLOSING -. \} -. ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*3u -. PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] -. \} -. DO_FOOTER -.END +\# About the warn level +\# -------------------- \# +\# There's a lot of testing for the presence of number registers and +\# strings in this macro file. Many of the registers and strings +\# pop into and out of existence on the fly. For convenience, I +\# often use +\# +\# .if \\n[whatever] and .if !\\n[whatever] +\# +\# to test "if the register exists and is not empty." groff, +\# encountering such tests when called with the -ww options, emits +\# +\# warning: number register whatever not defined. +\# +\# groff also warns about strings similarly tested for, and +\# complains a lot about the use of right-braces. +\# +\# The warn level, above, is high in order to shut off those +\# warnings. If you're futzing in this file and need more verbose +\# warnings, either comment out ".warn 8192" or set the warnlevel +\# to the one you need (but be ready for lots of what I've just +\# described). \# -\# ===================================================================== +\# ==================================================================== \# \# +++PAGE LAYOUT+++ \# @@ -210,6 +222,7 @@ .MAC B_MARGIN END . br . nr #B_MARGIN (\\$1) +. nr #B_MARGIN_SET 1 . wh -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u DO_B_MARGIN .END \# @@ -230,14 +243,14 @@ \# .MAC PAGE END . br -. PAGEWIDTH \\$1 -. PAGELENGTH \\$2 -. ie '\\$3'' \{ .L_MARGIN \\n(.o \} -. el \{ .L_MARGIN \\$3 \} -. ie '\\$4'' \{ .R_MARGIN 1i \} -. el \{ .R_MARGIN \\$4 \} -. if !'\\$5'' \{ .T_MARGIN \\$5 \} -. if !'\\$6'' \{ .B_MARGIN \\$6 \} +. PAGEWIDTH \\$1 +. PAGELENGTH \\$2 +. ie '\\$3'' \{ .L_MARGIN \\n(.o \} +. el \{ .L_MARGIN \\$3 \} +. ie '\\$4'' \{ .R_MARGIN 1i \} +. el \{ .R_MARGIN \\$4 \} +. if !'\\$5'' \{ .T_MARGIN \\$5 \} +. if !'\\$6'' \{ .B_MARGIN \\$6 \} .END \# \# ===================================================================== @@ -259,6 +272,7 @@ . ev 1 . sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v . ev +. sp -\\n[#T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ]u .END \# \# @@ -272,11 +286,36 @@ \# The trap is set in .PAGE. \# .MAC DO_B_MARGIN END +. nr #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ \\n[#LEAD]-12000 . ev 1 . bp . ev .END \# +\# +\# NEWPAGE +\# ------- +\# *Argument: +\# <none> +\# *Function: +\# Breaks to a new page. +\# *Notes: +\# If a B_MARGIN has been set, processes that, otherwise, just +\# breaks to a new page. +\# +.MAC NEWPAGE END +. ie \\n[#B_MARGIN_SET]=1 \{\ +. DO_B_MARGIN +. \} +. el \{\ +. nr #T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ \\n[#LEAD]-12000 +. ev 1 +. bp +. ev +. sp -\\n[#T_MARGIN_LEAD_ADJ]u +. \} +.END +\# \# ===================================================================== \# \# +++GENERAL STYLE MACROS+++ @@ -1079,16 +1118,18 @@ \# Breaks a line without advancing. \# *Notes: \# EL is the mnemonic used on older, dedicated typesetting machines -\# to indicate "process the line, then return to the left margin -\# without advancing the galley medium." It stands for End Line. +\# to indicate "process the line, without advancing the galley +\# medium." It stands for End Line. \# -\# Sadly, EL is only a fake. It will work in all instances EXCEPT -\# when the line to be EL'd is the last line before a footer trap. -\# Use TRAP OFF/TRAP to circumvent this. +\# The \c inline must be appended to the end of input lines when in +\# nofill mode; in fill modes, the \c inline must not be used. \# .MAC EL END +. TRAP OFF +. if \\n[#PSEUDO_FILL]=1 \& . br . sp -1v +. TRAP .END \# \# ===================================================================== @@ -1112,7 +1153,7 @@ ' ce 0 . QUAD J . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .QUAD L \} -. nr #FILL 0 +. nr #PSEUDO_FILL 0 .END \# \# @@ -1146,7 +1187,7 @@ . if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'CENTRE' \{ .ad c \} . if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'J' \{ .ad b \} . if '\\*[$QUAD_VALUE]'JUSTIFY' \{ .ad b \} -. nr #FILL 0 +. nr #PSEUDO_FILL 0 .END \# \# @@ -1169,7 +1210,7 @@ \# requiring the .BR or .br macro. \# *Notes: \# LEFT simply turns fill off. Lines that exceed the current LL will -\# not be broken, simply continued (indefinitely) until a return is +\# not be broken, just continued (indefinitely) until a return is \# encountered. Note that this behaviour differs from the RIGHT and \# CENTER macros. \# @@ -1180,7 +1221,8 @@ . \} . ce 0 . nf -. nr #FILL 1 +. nr #PSEUDO_FILL 1 +\# Fix for a little conflict with DOCTYPE LETTER . if '\\n(.z'LETTERHEAD1' \{ .rr #DATE_FIRST \} .END \# @@ -1203,7 +1245,7 @@ . \} . fi . rj 100000 -. nr #FILL 1 +. nr #PSEUDO_FILL 1 .END \# \# @@ -1220,11 +1262,12 @@ \# .MAC CENTER END . if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE]=0 \{\ +. rr #QUAD . ds $RESTORE_QUAD_VALUE CENTER . \} . fi . ce 100000 -. nr #FILL 1 +. nr #PSEUDO_FILL 1 .END \# \# ===================================================================== @@ -1237,7 +1280,7 @@ \# Typesetting tabs are set with TAB_SET, which requires a tab number, \# an indent (offset) from the left margin and a length (optionally \# with a quad direction and an instruction to fill lines). After tabs -\# are set with TS, they are called with .TAB n, where "n" +\# are set with TAB_SET, they are called with .TAB n, where "n" \# corresponds to the number passed to TAB_SET as a valid tab number. \# \# String tabs allow the user to mark off tab positions inline. Tab @@ -1291,7 +1334,7 @@ \# Creates strings $ST<#>_QUAD_DIR and $ST<#>_FILL, then sets up a \# tab based on the collected information. \# *Notes: -\# Like TS, ST invoked without a quad direction will default to LEFT. +\# Like TAB_SET, ST invoked without a quad direction will default to LEFT. \# If lines should be filled and quadded, use the optional argument QUAD. \# N.B. -- indents *must* be turned off before setting string tabs \# inside .PAD @@ -1399,6 +1442,10 @@ . if '\\$4'C' \{ .CENTER \} . if '\\$4'J' \{ .JUSTIFY \} . \} +. if \\\\n[#TN]=1 \{\ +. TRAP +. rr #TN +. \} .DONE . rr #TAB_ACTIVE .END @@ -1426,12 +1473,13 @@ \# Automagically moves to TAB<n+1> on the same line as the last \# line of the previous tab. \# *Notes: -\# If the tabs being aligned fall too close to the footer -\# trap, the line entered after .TN will appear on the next page, -\# unless TRAP...TRAP OFF is used. +\# The \c inline must be appended to the end of input lines when in +\# nofill mode; in fill modes, the \c inline must not be used. \# .MAC TN END -. EL +. nr #TN 1 +. TRAP OFF +. sp -1v . nr #NEXT_TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB]+1 . TAB\\n[#NEXT_TAB] .END @@ -1942,9 +1990,9 @@ .ds SUP \ \R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\ \R'#SUP_PT_SIZE \En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u*6u/10u'\ -\s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\v'-.3m'\s[\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u] +\s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\v'-.26m'\s[\En[#SUP_PT_SIZE]u] \# -.ds SUPX \s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\v'.3m' +.ds SUPX \s[\En[#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS]u]\v'.26m' \# .ds CONDSUP \ \R'#PT_SIZE_IN_UNITS \En[.ps]'\ @@ -2882,7 +2930,7 @@ . TQ . ie \\n[#MCX_ALD]=0 \{ .sp |\\n(.hu-1v \} . el \{ .sp |\\n(.hu+\\n[#MCX_ALD]u \} -. rr #MCX_ALD (\\$1) +. rr #MCX_ALD . \} .END \# @@ -2937,13 +2985,11 @@ \# \# PRINT \# ----- -\# *Arguments: -\# <anything> \# *Function: \# Prints anything. A macro that helps keep my code nicely indented. \# .MAC PRINT END -\\$* +. nop \\$* .END \# \# @@ -3069,7 +3115,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .ALIAS TABSET TAB_SET .ALIAS TB TAB .ALIAS UNDERSCORE_2 UNDERSCORE2 -.ALIAS XCOLOUR XCOLOUR +.ALIAS XCOLOUR XCOLOR \# \# \# ==================================================================== @@ -3084,7 +3130,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# *Arguments: \# LETTER | LEGAL | STATEMENT | TABLOID | LEDGER | FOLIO | QUARTO | 10x14 | EXECUTIVE | A3 | A4 | A5 | B4 | B5 \# *Function: -\# Sets up margins for different paper sizes. +\# Sets up dimensions for different paper sizes. \# .MAC PAPER END . ds $PAPER \\$1 @@ -3163,70 +3209,80 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# Number registers: TYPEWRITE=1, TYPESET=2. \# .MAC PRINTSTYLE END -. if !d$PAPER \{ .PAPER LETTER \} -. if '\\$1'TYPEWRITE' \{\ -. nr #PRINT_STYLE 1 -. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .L_MARGIN 6P \} -. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .R_MARGIN 6P \} -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 -. color 0 -. ie '\\$2'SINGLESPACE' \{\ -. nr #SINGLE_SPACE 1 -. vs 12 -. \} -. el \{ .vs 24 \} -. QUAD L -. HY OFF -. SMARTQUOTES OFF -. if !\\n[#PP_INDENT] \{\ -. in 3P \"Set indent -. nr #PP_INDENT \\n(.i \"Read into #PP_INDENT -. in 0 \"Remove indent -. \} -. HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS -. nr #BOLDER_UNITS 0 -. nr #CONDENSE 0 -. nr #EXTEND 0 -. rm IT -. rm BD -. rm BDI -. rm PREV -. UNDERLINE_SLANT -. UNDERLINE_ITALIC -. UNDERLINE_QUOTES -. nr #IGNORE_COLUMNS 1 -. char \(em -- -. \} -. if '\\$1'TYPESET' \{\ -. nr #PRINT_STYLE 2 -. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .L_MARGIN 6P \} -. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .R_MARGIN 6P \} -. FAMILY T -. FT R -. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .PT_SIZE 12.5 \} -. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .LS 16 \} -. JUSTIFY -. HY -. HY_SET 2 36p 1p -. KERN -. LIG -. SS 0 -. SMARTQUOTES -. if !\\n[#PP_INDENT] \{\ -. in 2m \"Set indent -. nr #PP_INDENT \\n(.i \"Read into #PP_INDENT -. in 0 \"Remove indent +. if !\\n[#COLLATE]=1 \{\ +. if !d$PAPER \{ .PAPER LETTER \} +. if '\\$1'TYPEWRITE' \{\ +. nr #PRINT_STYLE 1 +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .L_MARGIN 6P \} +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .R_MARGIN 6P \} +. TYPEWRITER +. color 0 +. ie '\\$2'SINGLESPACE' \{\ +. nr #SINGLE_SPACE 1 +. vs 12 +. \} +. el \{ .vs 24 \} +. QUAD L +. HY OFF +. SMARTQUOTES OFF +. if !\\n[#PP_INDENT] \{\ +. in 3P \"Set indent +. nr #PP_INDENT \\n(.i \"Read into #PP_INDENT +. in 0 \"Remove indent +. \} +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS +. nr #BOLDER_UNITS 0 +. nr #CONDENSE 0 +. nr #EXTEND 0 +. rm IT +. rm BD +. rm BDI +. rm PREV +. UNDERLINE_SLANT +. UNDERLINE_ITALIC +. UNDERLINE_QUOTES +. nr #IGNORE_COLUMNS 1 +. char \(em -- +. \} +. if '\\$1'TYPESET' \{\ +. nr #PRINT_STYLE 2 +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .L_MARGIN 6P \} +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .R_MARGIN 6P \} +. FAMILY T +. FT R +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .PT_SIZE 12.5 \} +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .LS 16 \} +. JUSTIFY +. HY +. HY_SET 2 36p 1p +. KERN +. LIG +. SS 0 +. SMARTQUOTES +. if !\\n[#PP_INDENT] \{\ +. in 2m \"Set indent +. nr #PP_INDENT \\n(.i \"Read into #PP_INDENT +. in 0 \"Remove indent +. \} +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS +. rr #IGNORE_COLUMNS . \} -. HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS -. rr #IGNORE_COLUMNS . \} .END \# \# \# Macros to control behaviour of PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE \# +\# First, a little utility macro I may actually get around to +\# implementing throughout the whole file +\# +.MAC TYPEWRITER END +. fam C +. ft R +. ps 12 +.END +\# +\# \# ITALIC MEANS ITALIC \# ------------------- \# *Argument: @@ -3375,6 +3431,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{\ . ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] \{ .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE] \} . el \{ .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT \} +. if r#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM \{ .rr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM \} . if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\ . ds $HDRFTR_CENTER . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER @@ -3514,6 +3571,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} \# Copystyle FINAL . el \{\ +. if r#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM \{ .rr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM \} . if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\ . ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] \{ .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE] \} . el \{ .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT \} @@ -3573,6 +3631,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . \} . el \{\ +. if r#DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM \{ .rr #DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUM \} . if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{\ . ie \\n[#PAGENUM_STYLE_SET] \{ .PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE] \} . el \{ .PAGENUM_STYLE DIGIT \} @@ -3584,7 +3643,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# ==================================================================== \# -\# +++COLLECT DOC INFO -- STRINGS AND NUMBER REGISTERS+++ +\# +++COLLECT DOC INFO -- STRINGS AND REGISTERS FOR REFERENCE MACROS+++ \# \# *Arguments: \# various string/register arguments @@ -3592,7 +3651,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# Collect information about documents. \# \# -.MAC DOC_TITLE END +.MAC DOCTITLE END . ds $DOC_TITLE \\$1 .END \# @@ -3643,6 +3702,20 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# +.MAC COPYRIGHT END \"For use on cover page only +. ds $COPYRIGHT \[co]\\$1 +.END +\# +\# +.MAC MISC END \"For use on cover page only; enclose all args in double quotes +. nr #MISC_NUM -1 1 +. while \\n[#NUM_ARGS]>\\n[#MISC_NUM] \{\ +. ds $MISC_\\n+[#MISC_NUM] \\$\\n[#MISC_NUM] +. \} +. nr #NUM_MISCS \\n[#NUM_ARGS] +.END +\# +\# .MAC PAGENUMBER END \"Page # that appears on page one. . nr #n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET \\n% . nr #PAGE_NUM_ADJ \\$1-\\n[#n%_AT_PAGENUM_SET] @@ -3802,6 +3875,350 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# +++DEFAULTS+++ \# +\# TYPE-STYLE CONTROL MACROS +\# ------------------------- +\# +\# The control macros for family, font, size, quad and color are here +\# grouped together. Each (e.g. _FAMILY or _FONT) tests for a calling +\# alias before performing the action(s) appropriate to the calling +\# macro. Defaults for all these guys are set in DEFAULTS, and listed +\# in the "Control Macros" section pertinent to the macro whose style +\# is to be changed. +\# +.MAC _FAMILY END +. if '\\$0'AUTHOR_FAMILY' .ds $AUTHOR_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY' .ds $BQUOTE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITATION_FAMILY' .ds $BQUOTE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITE_FAMILY' .ds $BQUOTE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_AUTHOR_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $COVER_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOCHEADER_FAMILY' .ds $DOCHEADER_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOCTYPE_FAMILY' .ds $DOCTYPE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_FAMILY' .ds $EN_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY' .ds $EN_NUMBER_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY' .ds $EN_STRING_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $EN_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'EPIGRAPH_FAMILY' .ds $EPI_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'FOOTNOTE_FAMILY' .ds $FN_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY' .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_FAMILY' .ds $HDRFTR_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY' .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY' .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HEAD_FAMILY' .ds $HEAD_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'PAGENUM_FAMILY' .ds $PAGE_NUM_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'PARAHEAD_FAMILY' .ds $PH_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'QUOTE_FAMILY' .ds $QUOTE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBHEAD_FAMILY' .ds $SH_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBTITLE_FAMILY' .ds $SUBTITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $TITLE_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_FAM' .ds $TOC_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEADER_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_HEADER_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEAD_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_HEAD_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_PH_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_PN_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_PN_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_SH_FAM \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_TITLE_FAMILY' .ds $TOC_TITLE_FAM \\$1 +.END +\# +\# +.MAC _FONT END +. if '\\$0'AUTHOR_FONT' .ds $AUTHOR_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_FONT' .ds $BQUOTE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITATION_FONT' .ds $BQUOTE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITE_FONT' .ds $BQUOTE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT' .ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_AUTHOR_FONT' .ds $COVER_AUTHOR_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT' .ds $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT' .ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT' .ds $COVER_DOCTYPE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT' .ds $COVER_SUBTITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_TITLE_FONT' .ds $COVER_TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT' .ds $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT' .ds $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT' .ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT' .ds $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT' .ds $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT' .ds $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOCTYPE_FONT' .ds $DOCTYPE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_FONT' .ds $EN_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT' .ds $EN_NUMBER_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT' .ds $EN_STRING_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT' .ds $EN_TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'EPIGRAPH_FONT' .ds $EPI_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'FOOTNOTE_FONT' .ds $FN_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT' .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT' .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT' .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HEAD_FONT' .ds $HEAD_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'PAGENUM_FONT' .ds $PAGE_NUM_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'PARAHEAD_FONT' .ds $PH_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'QUOTE_FONT' .ds $QUOTE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBHEAD_FONT' .ds $SH_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBTITLE_FONT' .ds $SUBTITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TITLE_FONT' .ds $TITLE_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEADER_FONT' .ds $TOC_HEADER_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEAD_FONT' .ds $TOC_HEAD_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT' .ds $TOC_PH_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_PN_FONT' .ds $TOC_PN_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT' .ds $TOC_SH_FT \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_TITLE_FONT' .ds $TOC_TITLE_FT \\$1 +.END +\# +\# +.MAC _SIZE END +. if '\\$0'AUTHOR_SIZE' .ds $AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE' .ds $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITATION_SIZE' .ds $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITE_SIZE' .ds $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE' .ds $COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE' .ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE' .ds $COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE' .ds $COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE' .ds $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE' .ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE' .ds $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE' .ds $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOCTYPE_SIZE' .ds $DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE' .ds $EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE' .ds $EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'EPIGRAPH_SIZE' .ds $EPI_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'FOOTNOTE_SIZE' .ds $FN_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE' .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE' .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE' .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_SIZE' .ds $HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HEAD_SIZE' .ds $HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'PAGENUM_SIZE' .ds $PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'PARAHEAD_SIZE' .ds $PH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'QUOTE_SIZE' .ds $QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBHEAD_SIZE' .ds $SH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBTITLE_SIZE' .ds $SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TITLE_SIZE' .ds $TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEADER_SIZE' .ds $TOC_HEADER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEAD_SIZE' .ds $TOC_HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE' .ds $TOC_PH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_PN_SIZE' .ds $TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE' .ds $TOC_SH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_TITLE_SIZE' .ds $TOC_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 +.END +\# +\# +.MAC _COLOR END +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} +. if '\\$0'ATTRIBUTE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #ATTRIBUTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $ATTRIBUTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'AUTHOR_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #AUTHOR_COLOR 1 +. ds $AUTHOR_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #BQUOTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $BQUOTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'CITATION_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #BQUOTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $BQUOTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'CITE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #BQUOTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $BQUOTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_MISC_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_MISC_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_MISC_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_TITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_TITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_TITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR 1 +. ds $COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOCHEADER_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOCHEADER_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOCHEADER_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'DOCTYPE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #DOCTYPE_COLOR 1 +. ds $DOCTYPE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'EPIGRAPH_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #EPI_COLOR 1 +. ds $EPI_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'FINIS_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #FINIS_COLOR 1 +. ds $FINIS_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'FOOTNOTE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #FOOTNOTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $FOOTNOTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR 1 +. ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #HDRFTR_COLOR 1 +. ds $HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR 1 +. ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR 1 +. ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR 1 +. ds $HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'HEAD_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #HEAD_COLOR 1 +. ds $HEAD_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'LINEBREAK_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #LINEBREAK_COLOR 1 +. ds $LINEBREAK_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'PAGENUM_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #PAGE_NUM_COLOR 1 +. ds $PAGENUM_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'PARAHEAD_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #PH_COLOR 1 +. ds $PH_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'QUOTE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #QUOTE_COLOR 1 +. ds $QUOTE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'SUBHEAD_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #SH_COLOR 1 +. ds $SH_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'SUBTITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #SUBTITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $SUBTITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +. if '\\$0'TITLE_COLOR' \{\ +. nr #TITLE_COLOR 1 +. ds $TITLE_COLOR \\$1 +. \} +.END +\# +\# +.MAC _QUAD END +. if '\\$0'BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD' .ds $BQUOTE_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITATION_QUAD' .ds $BQUOTE_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'CITE_QUAD' .ds $BQUOTE_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD' .ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'COVER_MISC_QUAD' .ds $COVER_MISC_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD' .ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD' .ds $DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'DOC_QUAD' \{\ +. ds $DOC_QUAD \\$1 +. QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD] +. \} +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_QUAD' .ds $EN_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD' .ds $EN_STRING_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD' .ds $EN_TITLE_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'EPIGRAPH_QUAD' .ds $EPI_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'FOOTNOTE_QUAD' .ds $FN_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'HEAD_QUAD' .ds $HEAD_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'SUBHEAD_QUAD' .ds $SH_QUAD \\$1 +. if '\\$0'TOC_HEADER_QUAD' .ds $TOC_HEADER_QUAD \\$1 +.END +\# +\# \# DEFAULTS \# -------- \# *Arguments: @@ -3852,7 +4269,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . \} . if !r#T_MARGIN \{ .T_MARGIN \\n[#HEADER_MARGIN]+\\n[#HEADER_GAP] \} -. if !r#DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \{ .DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \\n[#T_MARGIN] \} +. if !r#DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \{ .nr #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE \\n[#T_MARGIN] \} . if !r#FOOTER_MARGIN \{ .FOOTER_MARGIN 3P \} . if !r#FOOTER_GAP \{ .FOOTER_GAP 3P \} . if !r#B_MARGIN \{ .B_MARGIN \\n[#FOOTER_MARGIN]u+\\n[#FOOTER_GAP]u \} @@ -3861,7 +4278,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . tm1 " No footers or bottom-of-page page numbers will be printed. . tm1 " Please reset B_MARGIN or FOOTER_MARGIN to allow enough space. . tm1 " If no footers or bottom-of-page page numbers are required, -. tm1 " place .FOOTER_MARGIN 0 before .START +. tm1 " type in .FOOTER_MARGIN 0 before .START . \} . if !r#HDRFTR_RULE_GAP \{\ . if \\n[#HEADERS_ON] \{ .HDRFTR_RULE_GAP 4p \} @@ -3869,7 +4286,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . if !r#HDRFTR_RULE \{ .HDRFTR_RULE \} . if !r#PAGE_NUM_SET \{ .PAGENUMBER 1 \} -. ie r#ADJ_DOC_LEAD \{ . \} +. ie \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ . \} . el \{ .DOC_LEAD_ADJUST \} \# Read in number registers and strings for type parameters . nr #DOC_L_MARGIN \\n[#L_MARGIN] @@ -3885,6 +4302,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1 . nr #EN_NUMBER 0 1 . nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1 +. nr #DONE_ONCE 0 1 . RESET_HEAD_NUMBER . RESET_SUBHEAD_NUMBER . RESET_PARAHEAD_NUMBER @@ -3936,7 +4354,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if !d$EN_TITLE_QUAD \{ .ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD LEFT \} . if !r#EN_TITLE_UNDERSCORE \{ .ENDNOTE_TITLE_UNDERSCORE \} . if !d$EN_NUMBER_FAM \{ .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY \\*[$EN_FAM] \} -. if !r#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT \{\ +. if !r#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_LEFT \{\ . if !r#EN_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT \{ .ENDNOTE_NUMBERS_ALIGN_RIGHT 2 \} . \} . if !d$TOC_HEADER_STRING \{ .TOC_HEADER_STRING "Contents" \} @@ -3950,45 +4368,60 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# String defaults for both PRINTSTYLEs . ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=1 \{\ . ie '\\*[$DOC_TITLE]'' \{\ -. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] \} +. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT -. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$TITLE] \} +. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$TITLE] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT . \} . el \{\ . if \\n[#COPY_STYLE]=1 \{ .DRAFT_WITH_PAGENUMBER \} -. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] \} +. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT -. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$TITLE] \} +. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$TITLE] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_CENTER . if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$DOC_TITLE] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT . \} . \} . el \{\ -. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] \} +. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_LEFT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_LEFT -. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$TITLE] \} +. if \\n[#USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT]=0 \{ .ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT \\*[$TITLE] \} . rr #USER_DEF_HDRFTR_RIGHT . \} . if !d$ATTRIBUTE_STRING \{ .ATTRIBUTE_STRING "by" \} . if !d$FINIS_STRING \{ .FINIS_STRING "END" \} +\# Covers +. if !r#DOC_COVERS_OFF \{ .nr #DOC_COVERS 1 \} +. if !r#COVERS_OFF \{ .nr #COVERS 1 \} +. if !d$COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD \{ .COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD R \} +. if !d$COVER_MISC_QUAD \{ .COVER_MISC_QUAD L \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD \{ .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD R \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD \{ .DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD L \} \# Defaults for printstyle TYPEWRITE . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES]=1 \{ .UNDERLINE_QUOTES \} . if \\n[#UNDERLINE_QUOTES]=0 \{ .UNDERLINE_QUOTES OFF \} +\# +Quotes and blockquotes . if !r#Q_OFFSET_VALUE \{ .QUOTE_INDENT 2 \} +\# +Epigraphs . if !r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \{ .EPIGRAPH_INDENT 2 \} +\# +Linebreaks . if !d$LINEBREAK_CHAR \{ .LINEBREAK_CHAR * 3 2p \} +\# +Footnotes . if !d$FN_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .FOOTNOTE_SIZE +0 \} . if !r#FN_RULE_LENGTH \{ .FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH 2i \} +\# +Paragraph heads +. if !r#PH_INDENT \{ .PARAHEAD_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u \} +\# +Endnotes +. if !r#EN_PP_INDENT \{ .ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT] \} +\# +Footnotes . if !r#FN_RULE_ADJ \{ .FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ 6p \} +\# +Slant stuff . if !r#SLANT_MEANS_SLANT \{\ . ie \\n[#UNDERLINE_SLANT]=1 \{ .UNDERLINE_SLANT \} . el \{ .UNDERLINE_SLANT OFF \} . \} -. if !r#PH_INDENT \{ .PARAHEAD_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u \} -. if !r#EN_PP_INDENT \{ .ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT] \} . \} \# Defaults for printstyle TYPESET . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -4001,24 +4434,132 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . el \{ .DOCHEADER_LEAD +0 \} . \} -. if !d$TITLE_FAM \{ .TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} -. if !d$TITLE_FT \{ .TITLE_FONT B \} +\# +Cover +. if !d$COVER_LEAD_ADJ \{ .COVER_LEAD +0 \} +. if !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +\# (title) +. if !d$COVER_TITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$COVER_TITLE_FT \{ .COVER_TITLE_FONT B \} +. if !d$COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .COVER_TITLE_SIZE +3.5 \} +\# (chapter title) +. if !d$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \{ .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI \} +. if !d$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4 \} +\# (subtitle) +. if !d$COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$COVER_SUBTITLE_FT \{ .COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT R \} +. if !d$COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE +0 \} +\# (attribution and author[s]) +. if !d$COVER_AUTHOR_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$COVER_AUTHOR_FT \{ .COVER_AUTHOR_FONT I \} +. if !d$COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE +0 \} +\# (doctype if "named") +. if !d$COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$COVER_DOCTYPE_FT \{ .COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT BI \} +. if !d$COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE +3 \} +\# (copyright) +. if !d$COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$COVER_FAM \{ .COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT \{ .COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT R \} +. if !d$COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -2 \} +\# +Doc cover +. if !d$DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ \{ .DOC_COVER_LEAD +0 \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +\# (title) +. if !d$DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_TITLE_FT \{ .DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT B \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE +3.5 \} +\# (chapter title) +. if !d$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \{ .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4 \} +\# (subtitle) +. if !d$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FT \{ .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT R \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE +0 \} +\# (attribution and author[s]) +. if !d$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FT \{ .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT I \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE +0 \} +\# (doctype if "named") +. if !d$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FT \{ .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT BI \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE +3 \} +\# (copyright) +. if !d$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOC_COVER_FAM \{ .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT \{ .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT R \} +. if !d$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE -2 \} +\# +Docheader +. if !d$DOCHEADER_FAM \{ .DOCHEADER_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. if !d$TITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOCHEADER_FAM \{ .TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$TITLE_FT \{ .TITLE_FONT B \} . if !d$TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{\ . ie \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=2 \{ .TITLE_SIZE +4 \} . el \{ .TITLE_SIZE +3.5 \} . \} -. if !d$CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} -. if !d$CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI \} -. if !d$CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4 \} -. if !d$SUBTITLE_FAM \{ .SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} -. if !d$SUBTITLE_FT \{ .SUBTITLE_FONT R \} -. if !d$SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .SUBTITLE_SIZE +0 \} -. if !d$AUTHOR_FAM \{ .AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} -. if !d$AUTHOR_FT \{ .AUTHOR_FONT I \} -. if !d$AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .AUTHOR_SIZE +0 \} -. if !d$DOCTYPE_FAM \{ .DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. if !d$CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOCHEADER_FAM \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT BI \} +. if !d$CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE +4 \} +. if !d$SUBTITLE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOCHEADER_FAM \{ .SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .SUBTITLE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$SUBTITLE_FT \{ .SUBTITLE_FONT R \} +. if !d$SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .SUBTITLE_SIZE +0 \} +. if !d$AUTHOR_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOCHEADER_FAM \{ .AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .AUTHOR_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM] \} +. \} +. if !d$AUTHOR_FT \{ .AUTHOR_FONT I \} +. if !d$AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .AUTHOR_SIZE +0 \} +. if !d$DOCTYPE_FAM \{\ +. ie !d$DOCHEADER_FAM \{ .DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. el \{ .DOCTYPE_FAMILY \\*[$DOCHEADER_FAM] \} +. \} . if !d$DOCTYPE_FT \{ .DOCTYPE_FONT BI \} . if !d$DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .DOCTYPE_SIZE +3 \} +\# +Headers and footers . if !d$HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM \{ .HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$HDRFTR_LEFT_FT \{ .HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT R \} . if \\n[#HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS] \{\ @@ -4030,43 +4571,52 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS] \{\ . if !d$HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -2 \} . \} -. if !d$HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.5 \} -. if !d$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM \{ .HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} -. if !d$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT \{ .HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT R \} +. if !d$HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.5 \} +. if !d$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM \{ .HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} +. if !d$HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT \{ .HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT R \} . if \\n[#HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS] \{\ . if !d$HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -2 \} . \} . if !d$HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.5 \} +\# +Heads . if !d$HEAD_FAM \{ .HEAD_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$HEAD_FT \{ .HEAD_FONT B \} . if !d$HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .HEAD_SIZE +1 \} . if !r#HEAD_SPACE \{ .HEAD_SPACE \} +\# +Subheads . if !d$SH_FAM \{ .SUBHEAD_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$SH_FT \{ .SUBHEAD_FONT B \} . if !d$SH_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .SUBHEAD_SIZE +.5 \} +\# +Paragraph heads . if !d$PH_FAM \{ .PARAHEAD_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$PH_FT \{ .PARAHEAD_FONT BI \} . if !d$PH_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .PARAHEAD_SIZE -.25 \} . if !r#PH_INDENT \{ .PARAHEAD_INDENT \\n[#PP_INDENT]u/2u \} +\# +Quotes . if !d$QUOTE_FAM \{ .QUOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$QUOTE_FT \{ .QUOTE_FONT I \} . if !d$QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .QUOTE_SIZE +0 \} . if !r#Q_OFFSET_VALUE \{ .QUOTE_INDENT 3 \} +\# +Blockquotes . if !d$BQUOTE_FAM \{ .BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$BQUOTE_FT \{ .BLOCKQUOTE_FONT R \} . if !d$BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -1 \} . if !d$BQUOTE_QUAD \{ .BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD LEFT \} +\# +Epigraphs . if !d$EPI_FAM \{ .EPIGRAPH_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !d$EPI_FT \{ .EPIGRAPH_FONT R \} . if !d$EPI_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .EPIGRAPH_SIZE -1.5 \} . if !r#EPI_AUTOLEAD \{ .EPIGRAPH_AUTOLEAD 2 \} . if !d$EPI_QUAD \{ .EPIGRAPH_QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD] \} . if !r#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE \{ .EPIGRAPH_INDENT 3 \} +\# +Linebreaks . if !d$LINEBREAK_CHAR \{ .LINEBREAK_CHAR * 3 3p \} +\# +Footnotes . if !r#FN_RULE_LENGTH \{ .FOOTNOTE_RULE_LENGTH 4P \} . if !r#FN_RULE_ADJ \{ .FOOTNOTE_RULE_ADJ 3p \} . if !d$FN_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .FOOTNOTE_SIZE -2 \} . if !r#FN_AUTOLEAD \{ .FOOTNOTE_AUTOLEAD 2 \} +\# +Endnotes . if !r#EN_PS \{ .ENDNOTE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u \} . if !d$EN_LEAD \{ .ENDNOTE_LEAD 14 ADJUST \} . if !d$EN_STRING_FT \{ .ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT B \} @@ -4074,8 +4624,9 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if !d$EN_TITLE_FT \{ .ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT B \} . if !d$EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE +0 \} . if !d$EN_NUMBER_FT \{ .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT B \} -. if !d$EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE +0 \} +. if !d$EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE \{ .ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE +0 \} . if !r#EN_PP_INDENT \{ .ENDNOTE_PARA_INDENT 1.5m \} +\# +Table of contents . if !d$TOC_FAM \{ .TOC_FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] \} . if !r#TOC_PS \{ .TOC_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u \} . if !r#TOC_LEAD \{ .TOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u ADJUST \} @@ -4153,22 +4704,58 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# First, define some strings for point sizes \# -.ds $TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] -.ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] -.ds $SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] -.ds $AUTHOR_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE] -.ds $DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE] +\# Doc cover +.ds $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $DOC_COVER_TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +\# Cover +.ds $COVER_AUTHOR_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $COVER_COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $COVER_DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $COVER_SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $COVER_TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COVER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +\# Docheader +.ds $AUTHOR_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$COPYRIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] +.ds $TITLE_PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE] \# \# Next, some utility macros for various routines to prevent repetition \# .MAC PRINT_AUTHORS END . nr #AUTHORS \\n[#AUTHOR_NUM] . nr #NEXT_AUTHOR 0 1 -. while \\n[#AUTHORS]>\\n[#NEXT_AUTHOR] \{\ -. ie \\n[#AUTHOR_COLOR]=1 \{\ -. PRINT \m[\\*[$AUTHOR_COLOR]]\\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]]\m[] +. ie r#DOING_COVER \{\ +. if \\n[#COVER]=1 \{\ +. while \\n[#AUTHORS]>\\n[#NEXT_AUTHOR] \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR]]\\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER]=1 \{\ +. while \\n[#AUTHORS]>\\n[#NEXT_AUTHOR] \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR]]\\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]] \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. while \\n[#AUTHORS]>\\n[#NEXT_AUTHOR] \{\ +. ie \\n[#AUTHOR_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$AUTHOR_COLOR]]\\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]] \} . \} -. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_\\n+[#NEXT_AUTHOR]] \} . \} .END \# @@ -4246,8 +4833,8 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . FT \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_FT] . PT_SIZE \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE] . LS \\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD]u -. ie \\n[#TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ -. PRINT \m[\\*[$TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]\m[] +. ie \\n[#CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]\m[] . \} . el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE] \} . RLD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \" Just looks better this way @@ -4286,7 +4873,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . el \{ .PRINT \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING] \} . \} -. \} . PRINT_AUTHORS . \} . FAMILY \\*[$DOCTYPE_FAM] @@ -4302,6 +4888,609 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# +\# COVER PAGE +\# ---------- +\# *Arguments: +\# TITLE | DOCTITLE | CHAPTER | CHAPTER_TITLE | CHAPTER+TITLE | COVERTITLE ... +\# ... [ SUBTITLE AUTHOR DOCTYPE COPYRIGHT MISC ] +\# *Function: +\# Toggles the number register for each cover page element +\# passed as an argument. +\# *Notes: +\# TITLE, DOCTITLE, CHAPTER, CHAPTER_TITLE or CHAPTER+TITLE must +\# be supplied. After that, users may enter as many or as few of +\# the arguments as they like; however, the arguments must appear +\# in the order given above. +\# +\# If called as DOC_COVER, performs the same operations, but +\# applies everything to a doc cover. +\# +.MAC COVER END +. ie '\\$0'DOC_COVER' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER 1 +. if '\\$1'TITLE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE 1 \} +. if '\\$1'DOCTITLE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE 2 \} +. if '\\$1'CHAPTER' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE 3 \} +. if '\\$1'CHAPTER_TITLE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE 4 \} +. if '\\$1'CHAPTER+TITLE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE 5 \} +. if '\\$1'COVERTITLE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_TITLE 6 \} +. if '\\$2'SUBTITLE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE 1 \} +. if '\\$2'AUTHOR' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR 1 \} +. if '\\$2'DOCTYPE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE 1 \} +. if '\\$2'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$2'MISC' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$3'AUTHOR' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR 1 \} +. if '\\$3'DOCTYPE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE 1 \} +. if '\\$3'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$3'MISC' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$4'DOCTYPE' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE 1 \} +. if '\\$4'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$4'MISC' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$5'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$5'MISC' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$6'MISC' \{ .nr #DOC_COVER_MISC 1 \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. nr #COVER 1 +. if '\\$1'TITLE' \{ .nr #COVER_TITLE 1 \} +. if '\\$1'DOCTITLE' \{ .nr #COVER_TITLE 2 \} +. if '\\$1'CHAPTER' \{ .nr #COVER_TITLE 3 \} +. if '\\$1'CHAPTER_TITLE' \{ .nr #COVER_TITLE 4 \} +. if '\\$1'CHAPTER+TITLE' \{ .nr #COVER_TITLE 5 \} +. if '\\$1'COVERTITLE' \{ .nr #COVER_TITLE 6 \} +. if '\\$2'SUBTITLE' \{ .nr #COVER_SUBTITLE 1 \} +. if '\\$2'AUTHOR' \{ .nr #COVER_AUTHOR 1 \} +. if '\\$2'DOCTYPE' \{ .nr #COVER_DOCTYPE 1 \} +. if '\\$2'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$2'MISC' \{ .nr #COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$3'AUTHOR' \{ .nr #COVER_AUTHOR 1 \} +. if '\\$3'DOCTYPE' \{ .nr #COVER_DOCTYPE 1 \} +. if '\\$3'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$3'MISC' \{ .nr #COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$4'DOCTYPE' \{ .nr #COVER_DOCTYPE 1 \} +. if '\\$4'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$4'MISC' \{ .nr #COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$5'COPYRIGHT' \{ .nr #COVER_COPYRIGHT 1 \} +. if '\\$5'MISC' \{ .nr #COVER_MISC 1 \} +. if '\\$6'MISC' \{ .nr #COVER_MISC 1 \} +. \} +.END +\# +\# +.MAC COVERTITLE END +. ie '\\$0'DOC_COVERTITLE' \{ .ds $DOC_COVER_TITLE \\$1 \} +. el \{ .ds $COVER_TITLE \\$1 \} +.END +\# +\# +\# COVER PAGE LEADING +\# ------------------ +\# *Arguments: +\# <+|- amount by which to in/decrease leading of cover/doc cover> +\# *Function: +\# Stores user supplied lead in/decrease in string $COVER_LEAD_ADJ +\# or $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ, depending on whether the macro was called +\# with an alias (DOC_COVER_LEAD). +\# *Notes: +\# A unit of measure must be supplied. Decimal fractions OK. +\# Default is +0, i.e. same as DOC_LEAD. +\# +.MAC COVER_LEAD END +. ie '\\$0'DOC_COVER_LEAD' \{\ +. ds $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ \\$1 +. \} +. el \{\ +. ds $COVER_LEAD_ADJ \\$1 +. \} +.END +\# +\# +\# COVER PAGE START POSITION +\# ------------------------- +\# *Arguments: +\# <distance from page top at which to start cover/doc cover> +\# *Function: +\# Stores user supplied lead in/decrease in #COVER_START_POS +\# or #DOC_COVER_START_POS, depending on whether the macro was +\# called by an alias (DOC_COVER_ADVANCE). +\# *Notes: +\# A unit of measure must be supplied. Decimal fractions OK. +\# If user doesn't invoke this macro, the default starting +\# position for both covers and doc covers is 1/3 of the way +\# down the page (setup in DO_COVER). +\# +.MAC COVER_ADVANCE END +. ie '\\$0'DOC_COVER_ADVANCE' \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_START_POS (\\$1) +. \} +. el \{\ +. nr #COVER_START_POS (\\$1) +. \} +.END +\# +\# +\# COVERS - WHETHER TO PRINT +\# ------------------------- +\# *Arguments: +\# <none> | <anything> +\# *Function: +\# Creates or removes registers #COVERS and #COVERS_OFF, checked for +\# in DEFAULTS (in START) prior to printing +\# +.MAC COVERS END +. ie '\\$0'DOC_COVERS' \{\ +. ie '\\$1'' \{\ +. rr #DOC_COVERS_OFF +. nr #DOC_COVERS 1 +. \} +. el \{\ +. rr #DOC_COVERS +. nr #DOC_COVERS_OFF 1 +. \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie '\\$1'' \{\ +. rr #COVERS_OFF +. nr #COVERS 1 +. \} +. el \{\ +. rr #COVERS +. nr #COVERS_OFF 1 +. \} +. \} +.END +\# +\# +.MAC DO_COVER END +. nr #DOING_COVER 1 +. ev COVER +. evc 0 +. TRAP OFF +. if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{\ +. nr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON 1 +. rr #PAGINATE +. \} +. if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \{\ +. nr #HEADERS_WERE_ON 1 +. HEADERS OFF +. \} +. if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\ +. nr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON 1 +. FOOTERS OFF +. \} +. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. nr #COLUMNS_WERE_ON 1 +. rr #COLUMNS +. \} +\# Doc cover +. ie '\\$0'DO_DOC_COVER' \{\ +. if !r#DOC_COVER_START_POS \{\ +. nr #DOC_COVER_START_POS \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]/3 +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u \} +. el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. LS \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u\\*[$DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ] +. nr #DOC_COVER_LEAD \\n[#LEAD] +. \} +. PRINT \& +. sp |\\n[#DOC_COVER_START_POS]u-1v +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. nf +\m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_COLOR]] +. EOL +. \} +. CENTER +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_PT_SIZE] +. LS \\n[#DOC_COVER_LEAD]u +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .TYPEWRITER \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE]=2 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$DOC_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$DOC_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE]=3 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE]=4 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE]=5 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] \} +. \} +. if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]'' \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]" +. \} +. el \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE] +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE]=6 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$DOC_COVER_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE]=1 \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE] +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .TYPEWRITER \} +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$SUBTITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$SUBTITLE] \} +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. if !r#DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE \{ .SP \} +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_AUTHOR]=1 \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM] +. FT \\*[$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_PT_SIZE] +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. TYPEWRITER +. vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u +. \} +. if !'\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]'' \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]]\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING] \} +. \} +. PRINT_AUTHORS +. \} +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE] +. SP +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. TYPEWRITER +. vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u +. UNDERSCORE2 "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. COLOR \\*[$DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR] +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] +. \} +. el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] +. \} +. \} +. sp |\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. TYPEWRITER +. ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM] +. FT \\*[$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT] +. AUTOLEAD 2 +. PT_SIZE \\*[$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE] +. \} +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT]=1 \{\ +. QUAD \\*[$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD] +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]]\\*[$COPYRIGHT]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$COPYRIGHT] \} +. \} +. sp |\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER_MISC]=1 \{\ +. QUAD \\*[$DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD] +. nr #MISCS \\n[#MISC_NUM] +. sp -\\n[#MISCS]+1 +. nr #NEXT_MISC 0 1 +. while \\n[#MISCS]>\\n[#NEXT_MISC] \{\ +. ie \\n[#DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR]]\\*[$MISC_\\n+[#NEXT_MISC]]\m[] +. br +. \} +. el \{\ +. PRINT \\*[$MISC_\\n+[#NEXT_MISC]] +. br +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +\# Cover +. el \{\ +. if !r#COVER_START_POS \{\ +. nr #COVER_START_POS \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]/3 +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u \} +. el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. LS \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u\\*[$COVER_LEAD_ADJ] +. nr #COVER_LEAD \\n[#LEAD] +. \} +. PRINT \& +. sp |\\n[#COVER_START_POS]u-1v +. if \\n[#COVER_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. nf +\m[\\*[$COVER_COLOR]] +. EOL +. \} +. CENTER +. FAMILY \\*[$COVER_TITLE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$COVER_TITLE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$COVER_TITLE_PT_SIZE] +. LS \\n[#COVER_LEAD]u +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .TYPEWRITER \} +. if \\n[#COVER_TITLE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_TITLE]=2 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$DOC_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$DOC_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_TITLE]=3 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_TITLE]=4 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_TITLE]=5 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_STRING] \\*[$CHAPTER] \} +. \} +. if !'\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]'' \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]" +. \} +. el \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_PT_SIZE] +. ie \\n[#COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$CHAPTER_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_TITLE]=6 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. CAPS +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$COVER_TITLE]" +. CAPS OFF +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_TITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_TITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$COVER_TITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$COVER_TITLE] \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_SUBTITLE]=1 \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$COVER_SUBTITLE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$COVER_SUBTITLE_PT_SIZE] +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .TYPEWRITER \} +. ie \\n[#COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR]]\\*[$SUBTITLE]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$SUBTITLE] \} +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. if !r#COVER_SUBTITLE \{ .SP \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_AUTHOR]=1 \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$COVER_AUTHOR_FAM] +. FT \\*[$COVER_AUTHOR_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$COVER_AUTHOR_PT_SIZE] +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. TYPEWRITER +. vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u +. \} +. if !'\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]'' \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR]]\\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$ATTRIBUTE_STRING] \} +. \} +. PRINT_AUTHORS +. \} +. FAMILY \\*[$COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM] +. FT \\*[$COVER_DOCTYPE_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\*[$COVER_DOCTYPE_PT_SIZE] +. SP +. if \\n[#COVER_DOCTYPE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. TYPEWRITER +. vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u +. UNDERSCORE2 "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] +. \} +. el \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. COLOR \\*[$COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR] +. UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] +. \} +. el .UNDERSCORE "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] +. \} +. \} +. sp |\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u +. ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. TYPEWRITER +. ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. FAMILY \\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM] +. FT \\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT_FT] +. AUTOLEAD 2 +. PT_SIZE \\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT_PT_SIZE] +. \} +. if \\n[#COVER_COPYRIGHT]=1 \{\ +. QUAD \\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD] +. ie \\n[#COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR]]\\*[$COPYRIGHT]\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \\*[$COPYRIGHT] \} +. \} +. sp |\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]u-\\n[#B_MARGIN]u +. if \\n[#COVER_MISC]=1 \{\ +. QUAD \\*[$COVER_MISC_QUAD] +. nr #MISCS \\n[#MISC_NUM] +. sp -\\n[#MISCS]+1 +. nr #NEXT_MISC 0 1 +. while \\n[#MISCS]>\\n[#NEXT_MISC] \{\ +. ie \\n[#COVER_MISC_COLOR]=1 \{\ +. PRINT \m[\\*[$COVER_MISC_COLOR]]\\*[$MISC_\\n+[#NEXT_MISC]]\m[] +. br +. \} +. el \{\ +. PRINT \\*[$MISC_\\n+[#NEXT_MISC]] +. br +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. EOL +. TRAP +. NEWPAGE +. ev +. if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON] \{\ +. rr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON +. PAGINATE +. PAGENUMBER \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ]-1 +. \} +. if \\n[#HEADERS_WERE_ON] \{\ +. rr #HEADERS_WERE_ON +. HEADERS +. \} +. if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \{\ +. rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON +. FOOTERS +. \} +. if \\n[#COLUMNS_WERE_ON]=1 \{\ +. rr #COLUMNS_WERE_ON 1 +. nr #COLUMNS 1 +. \} +. rr #DOING_COVER +.END +\# +\# .MAC START END . if !\\n[#PRINT_STYLE] \{\ . PRINTSTYLE TYPEWRITE @@ -4328,7 +5517,48 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . \} . DEFAULTS -\# Collate stuff +\# This diversion is to get a value for #FN_AUTOLEAD +. di NULL +. ev NULL +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. ps 12 +. ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE]=1 \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u \} +. \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$FN_SIZE_CHANGE] +. AUTOLEAD \\n[#FN_AUTOLEAD] +. \} +. nr #FN_LEAD \\n[#LEAD] +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{ .LS \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. ev +. di +\# Covers and doc covers +. if \\n[#DOC_COVERS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#DOC_COVER]=1 \{\ +. DO_DOC_COVER +. rr #DOC_COVER +. rr #DOC_COVER_TITLE +. rr #DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE +. rr #DOC_COVER_AUTHOR +. rr #DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE +. rr #DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT +. rr #DOC_COVER_MISC +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#COVERS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#COVER]=1 \{\ +. DO_COVER +. rr #COVER +. rr #COVER_TITLE +. rr #COVER_SUBTITLE +. rr #COVER_AUTHOR +. rr #COVER_DOCTYPE +. rr #COVER_COPYRIGHT +. rr #COVER_MISC +. \} +. \} +\# Collate related stuff . ie \\n[#COLLATED_DOC]=1 \{\ \# Collect TITLE for TOC. . nr #TOC_ENTRY_PN \\n%+\\n[#PAGE_NUM_ADJ] @@ -4387,7 +5617,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{\ \!. PAD "\\h'\\n[#TOC_TITLE_INDENT]u'\\*[$TOC_TITLE_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN]" . \} -\!. EL +\!. EOL \!. ST 100 L \!. ST 101 R . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -4429,7 +5659,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . rr #STORED_PP_INDENT . ie r#ADVANCE_FROM_TOP \{\ . sp |\\n[#ADVANCE_FROM_TOP]u-1v -. SHIM +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . el \{ .sp |\\n[#T_MARGIN]u-1v \} . if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\ @@ -4454,16 +5684,14 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u . LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u . ta \\n(.lu . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . CENTER -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u \} . el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} . CAPS @@ -4505,6 +5733,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{ .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} . \} . \} +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . DEFAULT_DOCHEADER @@ -4516,6 +5745,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . nr #DOCHEADER_DEPTH \\n(dn-\\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD] \"Storing the depth (height) of the diversion . \"in #DOCHEADER_DEPTH . rm DOCHEADER_DIVERSION \" Removing the diversion macro +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . ev . \} @@ -4527,16 +5757,14 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u . LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u . ta \\n(.lu . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . CENTER -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u . ie '\\*[$CHAPTER]'' \{\ . CAPS @@ -4559,6 +5787,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . \} . if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{ .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . CHAPTER_DOCHEADER @@ -4570,6 +5799,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . nr #DOCHEADER_DEPTH \\n(dn-\\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD] \" Storing the depth (height) of the diversion . \" in #DOCHEADER_DEPTH . rm DOCHEADER_DIVERSION \" Removing the diversion macro +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . ev . \} @@ -4581,16 +5811,14 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#DOCHEADER_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$DOCHEADER_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . L_MARGIN \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u . LL \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u . ta \\n(.lu . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . CENTER -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u \} . el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} . CAPS @@ -4637,6 +5865,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{ .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} . UNDERSCORE2 "\\*[$DOC_TYPE] . if \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{ .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . NAMED_DOCHEADER @@ -4648,6 +5877,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . nr #DOCHEADER_DEPTH \\n(dn-\\n[#DOCHEADER_LEAD] \"Storing the depth (height) of the diversion . \"in #DOCHEADER_DEPTH . rm DOCHEADER_DIVERSION \" Removing the diversion macro +. if \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{ .SHIM \} . \} . ev . \} @@ -4669,21 +5899,61 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . \} . QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD] -. rr #DOCHEADER_LEAD -. rr #DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ +. CLEANUP_DEFAULTS +. nr #START_FOR_FOOTERS 1 +. if !\\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{ .em TERMINATE \} +.END +\# +.MAC CLEANUP_DEFAULTS END +. nr #START 1 +\# "Family" strings for docheader +. rm $AUTHOR_FAM +. rm $CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM +. rm $DOCTYPE_FAM +. rm $SUBTITLE_FAM +. rm $TITLE_FAM +\# "Family" strings for cover +. rm $COVER_AUTHOR_FAM +. rm $COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM +. rm $COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM +. rm $COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM +. rm $COVER_LEAD_ADJ +. rm $COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM +. rm $COVER_TITLE_FAM +\# "Family" strings for doc cover +. rm $DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAM +. rm $DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM +. rm $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAM +. rm $DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAM +. rm $DOC_COVER_LEAD_ADJ +. rm $DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAM +. rm $DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAM +\# "Quad" args to copyright and misc +. rm $COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD +. rm $COVER_MISC_QUAD +. rm $DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD +. rm $DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD +\# Miscellaneous strings +. rm $TOC_TITLE_ITEM +. rm $DOCHEADER_LEAD_ADJ +\# Various registers +. rr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD +. rr #ADVANCE_FROM_TOP +. rr #AUTHOR_NUM +. rr #AUTHORS +. rr #COVER_LEAD . rr #DEPTH_1 . rr #DEPTH_2 +. rr #DOC_COVER_LEAD . rr #DOCHEADER_ADVANCE -. rr #ADVANCE_FROM_TOP -. rr #DOCHEADER_SPACE_ADJ . rr #DOCHEADER_EXTRA_SPACE -. rr #AUTHORS +. rr #DOCHEADER_LEAD +. rr #DOCHEADER_SPACE_ADJ +. rr #MISC_NUM +. rr #MISCS . rr #NEXT_AUTHOR -. rr #AUTHOR_NUM +. rr #NEXT_MISC . rr #NUM_AUTHORS -. rm $TOC_TITLE_ITEM -. nr #START 1 -. nr #START_FOR_FOOTERS 1 .END \# \# ==================================================================== @@ -4742,328 +6012,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# DOCHEADER COLOR -\# --------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #DOCHEADER_COLOR to 1; defines string -\# $DOCHEADER_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# DOCHEADER_COLOR. -\# -.MAC DOCHEADER_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #DOCHEADER_COLOR 1 -. ds $DOCHEADER_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TITLE FAMILY -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for the document header title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TITLE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC TITLE_FAMILY END -. ds $TITLE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TITLE FONT -\# ---------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for the document header title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TITLE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold. -\# -.MAC TITLE_FONT END -. ds $TITLE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TITLE SIZE -\# ---------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease title at start -\# of the document (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign, with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +3.5 for printstyle TYPESET DEFAULT | STORY | NAMED; -\# 4 for TYPESET CHAPTER; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC TITLE_SIZE END -. ds $TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TITLE COLOR -\# ----------- -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #TITLE_COLOR to 1; creates string $TITLE_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC TITLE_COLOR END -. nr #TITLE_COLOR 1 -. ds $TITLE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# CHAPTER TITLE FAMILY -\# -------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for the chapter title, if there is one> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default isame as running text. -\# -.MAC CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY END -. ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# CHAPTER TITLE FONT -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for the chapter title, if there is one> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $CHAPTER_TITLE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold italic for TYPESET; varies in TYPEWRITE between -\# caps and underscored, depending on whether chapter title stands -\# alone or has CHAPTER # above it. -\# -.MAC CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT END -. ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# CHAPTER TITLE SIZE -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease title at start -\# of the document (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign, with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +4 for printstyle TYPESET -\# -.MAC CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE END -. ds $CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBTITLE FAMILY -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for the document header title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SUBTITLE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC SUBTITLE_FAMILY END -. ds $SUBTITLE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBTITLE FONT -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for the document header title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SUBTITLE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC SUBTITLE_FONT END -. ds $SUBTITLE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBTITLE SIZE -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease subtitle at start -\# of the document (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +0. -\# -.MAC SUBTITLE_SIZE END -. ds $SUBTITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBTITLE COLOR -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #SUBTITLE_COLOR to 1; creates string -\# $SUBTITLE_COLOR. -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC SUBTITLE_COLOR END -. nr #SUBTITLE_COLOR 1 -. ds $SUBTITLE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ATTRIBUTE COLOR -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #ATTRIBUTE_COLOR to 1; creates string $ATTRIBUTE_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC ATTRIBUTE_COLOR END -. nr #ATTRIBUTE_COLOR 1 -. ds $ATTRIBUTE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# AUTHOR FAMILY -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for author in document header> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $AUTHOR_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC AUTHOR_FAMILY END -. ds $AUTHOR_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# AUTHOR FONT -\# ----------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for author in document header> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $AUTHOR_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is italic. -\# -.MAC AUTHOR_FONT END -. ds $AUTHOR_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# AUTHOR SIZE -\# ----------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease author at start -\# of the document> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC AUTHOR_SIZE END -. ds $AUTHOR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# AUTHOR COLOR -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #AUTHOR_COLOR to 1; creates string $AUTHOR_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC AUTHOR_COLOR END -. nr #AUTHOR_COLOR 1 -. ds $AUTHOR_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# DOCTYPE FAMILY -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for the document type string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $DOCTYPE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC DOCTYPE_FAMILY END -. ds $DOCTYPE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# DOCTYPE FONT -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for the document type string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $DOCTYPE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold italic. -\# -.MAC DOCTYPE_FONT END -. ds $DOCTYPE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# DOCTYPE SIZE -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease the document -\# type string (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +3 for TYPESET; 0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC DOCTYPE_SIZE END -. ds $DOCTYPE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# DOCTYPE COLOR -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #DOCTYPE_COLOR to 1; creates string $DOCTYPE_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC DOCTYPE_COLOR END -. nr #DOCTYPE_COLOR 1 -. ds $DOCTYPE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# DOCUMENT LEFT MARGIN \# -------------------- \# *Argument: @@ -5243,24 +6191,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# DOCUMENT QUAD -\# ------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# L | LEFT | R | RIGHT | C | CENTER | CENTRE | J | JUSTIFY -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $DOC_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# While QUAD (from the typesetting macros) can be used before START -\# to change the default document quad, DOC_QUAD *must* be used after -\# the START macro has been invoked. -\# -\# Default is LEFT for printstyle TYPEWRITE, JUSTIFY for printstyle -\# TYPESET. -\# -.MAC DOC_QUAD END -. ds $DOC_QUAD \\$1 -. QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD] -.END \# \# ==================================================================== \# @@ -5339,21 +6269,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . CAPS OFF .END \# -\# FINIS COLOR -\# ----------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Defines string $FINIS_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# FINIS_COLOR. -\# -.MAC FINIS_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. ds $FINIS_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# \# \# ==================================================================== \# @@ -5380,83 +6295,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# +++EPIGRAPHS+++ \# -\# EPIGRAPH FAMILY -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for epigraphs> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EPI_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC EPIGRAPH_FAMILY END -. ds $EPI_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# EPIGRAPH FONT -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for epigraphs> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EPI_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC EPIGRAPH_FONT END -. ds $EPI_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# EPIGRAPH SIZE -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <-|+ number of points by which to de/increase point size of epigraphs -\# (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EPI_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a - or + sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. Default -1.5 for printstyle -\# TYPESET; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC EPIGRAPH_SIZE END -. ds $EPI_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# EPIGRAPH COLOR -\# -------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #EPI_COLOR to 1; defines string -\# $EPI_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# EPI_COLOR. -\# -.MAC EPIGRAPH_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #EPI_COLOR 1 -. ds $EPI_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# EPIGRAPH QUAD -\# ------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# L | LEFT | J | JUSTIFY -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EPI_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is $DOC_QUAD when BLOCK argument is passed to EPIGRAPH. -\# -.MAC EPIGRAPH_QUAD END -. ds $EPI_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# EPIGRAPH INDENT \# --------------- \# *Argument: @@ -5514,6 +6352,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . ie '\\$1'' \{\ . nr #EPIGRAPH 1 . ev EPIGRAPH +. nr #IN_DIVER 1 . ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u . ta \\n(.lu . CHECK_INDENT @@ -5547,7 +6386,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#EPI_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$EPI_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . AUTOLEAD \\n[#EPI_AUTOLEAD] . nr #EPI_LEAD \\n[#LEAD] @@ -5602,7 +6441,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#EPI_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$EPI_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . AUTOLEAD \\n[#EPI_AUTOLEAD] . QUAD \\*[$EPI_QUAD] @@ -5636,11 +6475,15 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .MAC DO_EPIGRAPH END . br . di +. rr #IN_DIVER +. nr #SAVED_FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER] +. nr #DONE_ONCE 0 1 . REMOVE_INDENT . ev . nr #EPI_DEPTH \\n[#DIVER_DEPTH]-\\n[#EPI_LEAD] . nr #EPI_LINES \\n[#EPI_DEPTH]/\\n[#EPI_LEAD] . ie \\n[#START] \{\ +. RLD \\n[#SHIM]u . nr #EPI_WHITESPACE (\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*\\n[#EPI_LINES])-\\n[#EPI_DEPTH] . while \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\ . nr #EPI_WHITESPACE -\\n[#DOC_LEAD] @@ -5714,6 +6557,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. SHIM . if \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]<\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\ . ALD \\n[#EPI_WHITESPACE]u/2u . \} @@ -5796,21 +6640,11 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# Deposits --END-- at the end of a document. \# .MAC FINIS END +. br . ev FINIS . evc 0 -. nr #FINIS 1 . if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{ .TQ \} . if \\n[#INDENT_ACTIVE] \{ .IQ CLEAR \} -. if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\ -. nr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON 1 -. FOOTERS OFF -. \} -. if \\n[#PAGINATE] \{\ -. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \{\ -. nr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON 1 -. PAGINATION OFF -. \} -. \} . nr #EM_ADJUST (1m/8) . if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\ . po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u @@ -5820,7 +6654,10 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . CENTER . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .PRINT "--\\*[$FINIS_STRING]--\} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ -. PRINT "\m[\\*[$FINIS_COLOR]]\v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\(em\v'+\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\\*[$FINIS_STRING]\v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\*[FU1]\(em\m[] +. ie \\n[#FINIS_COLOR] \{\ +. PRINT "\m[\\*[$FINIS_COLOR]]\v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\(em\v'+\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\\*[$FINIS_STRING]\v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\*[FU1]\(em\m[] +. \} +. el \{ .PRINT \v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\(em\v'+\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\\*[$FINIS_STRING]\v'-\\n[#EM_ADJUST]u'\*[FU1]\(em\m[] \} . \} . ev .END @@ -5836,65 +6673,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .ds PAGE# \En[#PAGENUMBER] \# \# -\# HDRFTR FAMILY -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in header/footers> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_FAMILY END -. ds $HDRFTR_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR SIZE -\# ----------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|-number of points by which to in/decrease point size of -\# header/footers (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. Default is +0. -\# -\# By default, header/footers print the author .5 points smaller -\# than the base point size of running text, center titles -\# (Chapter, Draft, Revision, etc.) .5 points smaller -\# than running text (in italics), and the document title 2 full -\# points smaller than running text (in caps). The HDRFTR_SIZE -\# macro changes the overall size for all three parts while -\# maintaining the internal size changes. -\# -\# In other words, if the user likes the header/footers but wants -\# them a bit bigger or a bit smaller, s/he should use HDRFTR_SIZE. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_SIZE END -. ds $HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR COLOR -\# ------------ -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #HDRFTR_COLOR to 1; defines string $HDRFTR_COLOR to -\# argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# HDRFTR_COLOR. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #HDRFTR_COLOR 1 -. ds $HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HDRFTR RULE GAP \# --------------- \# *Argument: @@ -5938,64 +6716,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# HDRFTR LEFT FAMILY -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <family of header/footer left string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY END -. ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR LEFT FONT -\# ---------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font of header/footer left string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_LEFT_FT. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT END -. ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR LEFT SIZE -\# ---------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points to in/decrease size of left string in -\# header/footers (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is -.5 for printstyle TYPESET; if all caps, -2 -\# Has no effect in TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE END -. ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR LEFT COLOR -\# ----------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR to 1; creates string -\# $HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR END -. nr #HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR 1 -. ds $HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HDRFTR LEFT CAPS \# ---------------- \# *Argument: @@ -6052,64 +6772,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# HDRFTR CENTER FAMILY -\# -------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family of header/footer center string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY END -. ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR CENTER FONT -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <font of header/footer center string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_CENTER_FT. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT END -. ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR CENTER SIZE -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points to in/decrease size of centre string in -\# header/footers (relative to header/footer size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is -.5 for printstyle TYPESET; if all caps, -2 -\# Has no effect in TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE END -. ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR CENTER COLOR -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR to 1; creates string -\# $HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR END -. nr #HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR 1 -. ds $HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HDRFTR CENTER CAPS \# ------------------ \# *Argument: @@ -6201,64 +6863,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# HDRFTR RIGHT FAMILY -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family of header/footer right string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY END -. ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR RIGHT FONT -\# ----------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font of header/footer right string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT END -. ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR RIGHT SIZE -\# ----------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points to in/decrease size of right string in -\# header/footers (relative to header/footer size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is -2 for printstyle TYPESET if all caps; otherwise -.5 -\# Has no effect in TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE END -. ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HDRFTR RIGHT COLOR -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <pre-defined color name> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR to 1; creates string -\# $HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR -\# *Notes: -\# The color name must be pre-defined with NEWCOLOR or XCOLOR. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR END -. nr #HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR 1 -. ds $HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HDRFTR RIGHT CAPS \# ----------------- \# *Argument: @@ -6280,24 +6884,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# HDRFTR RULE COLOR -\# ----------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #HDRFTR_COLOR to 1; defines string -\# $HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR. -\# -.MAC HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR 1 -. ds $HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HDRFTR RULE \# ----------- \# *Arguments: @@ -6604,7 +7190,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#HDRFTR_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$HDRFTR_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . fam \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_FAM] . ft \\*[$HDRFTR_LEFT_FT] @@ -6712,6 +7298,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#HDRFTR_RULE] \{\ . HDRFTR_RULE_INTERNAL . \} +.br .END \# \# @@ -6743,7 +7330,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=2 \{ .CENTER \} . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=3 \{ .RIGHT \} . PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO] -. EL +. EOL . if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\ . di NULL . SIZESPECS @@ -6757,7 +7344,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD]=2 \{ .CENTER \} . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO_QUAD]=3 \{ .RIGHT \} . PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_VERSO] -. EL +. EOL . if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\ . di NULL . SIZESPECS @@ -6770,7 +7357,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=2 \{ .CENTER \} . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=3 \{ .RIGHT \} . PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO] -. EL +. EOL . if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\ . di NULL . SIZESPECS @@ -6785,7 +7372,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=2 \{ .CENTER \} . if \\n[#USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO_QUAD]=3 \{ .RIGHT \} . PRINT \\*[$USERDEF_HDRFTR_RECTO] -. EL +. EOL . if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON] \{\ . di NULL . SIZESPECS @@ -6870,7 +7457,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# .MAC HEADER END . PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER -. nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1 . if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] \{ .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1 \} . po \\n[#DOC_L_MARGIN]u . if \\n[#RECTO_VERSO] \{\ @@ -6910,7 +7496,8 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . if \\n[#ENDNOTES]=1 \{\ -. if \\n[#EN_SINGLESPACE] \{\ \"Endnotes s-spaced have different lead +\# Single-spaced endotes have a different lead +. if \\n[#EN_SINGLESPACE] \{\ . nr #RESTORE_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD] . nr #DOC_LEAD \\n[#EN_LEAD]u . \} @@ -7000,6 +7587,22 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . po \\n[#COL_\\n[#COL_NUM]_L_MARGIN]u+(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#EPI_OFFSET_VALUE]u) . \} . \} +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=1 \{\ +. rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS +. PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER +. nr #FN_COUNT \\n[#SAVED_FN_COUNT] 1 +. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{ .nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#SAVED_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] 1 \} +. ie \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER]=1 \{ .nr #FN_NUMBER \\n[#SAVED_FN_NUMBER] 1 \} +. el \{ .nr #FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER] 1 \} +. rm FN_IN_DIVER +. \} +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=2 \{\ +. rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS +. PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER +. nr #FN_COUNT 0 1 +. nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1 +. rm FN_IN_DIVER +. \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . if \\n[#SLANT_ON] \{\ . if \\n[#UNDERLINE_SLANT] \{ .UNDERLINE \} @@ -7116,6 +7719,19 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER . if !\\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{ .rr #COL_NEXT \} . if !\\n[#QUOTE] \{ .rr #COL_NEXT \} +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=1 \{\ +. rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS +. PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER +. nr #FN_COUNT \\n[#FN_COUNT] 1 +. nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] 1 +. rm FN_IN_DIVER +. \} +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_COUNTERS]=2 \{\ +. rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS +. nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] 1 +. PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER +. rm FN_IN_DIVER +. \} . if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{ .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB] \} . if \\n[#QUOTE] \{\ . ie \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{ .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB] \} @@ -7177,9 +7793,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . FT R . PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$HDRFTR_SIZE_CHANGE] . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . nr #HDRFTR_PT_SIZE \\n[#PT_SIZE] . if \\n[#CAPS_ON] \{\ @@ -7339,65 +7953,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# ---Main heads--- \# -\# HEAD FAMILY -\# ----------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for section titles (main heads)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HEAD_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC HEAD_FAMILY END -. ds $HEAD_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HEAD FONT -\# --------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for section titles (main heads)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HEAD_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold. -\# -.MAC HEAD_FONT END -. ds $HEAD_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HEAD SIZE -\# --------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease point size of -\# section titles (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a - or + sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default +1 for printstyle TYPESET; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC HEAD_SIZE END -. ds $HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# HEAD QUAD -\# --------- -\# *Arguments: -\# L | LEFT | R | RIGHT | C | CENTER | CENTRE -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $HEAD_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is CENTER. -\# -.MAC HEAD_QUAD END -. ds $HEAD_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HEAD CAPS \# --------- \# *Arguments: @@ -7413,23 +7968,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# HEAD COLOR -\# ---------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Defines string $HEAD_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# HEAD_COLOR. -\# -.MAC HEAD_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #HEAD_COLOR 1 -. ds $HEAD_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# HEAD SPACE \# ---------- \# *Arguments: @@ -7523,7 +8061,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{\ \!. PAD "\\h'\\n[#TOC_HEAD_INDENT]u'\\*[$TOC_HEAD_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN]" . \} -\!. EL +\!. EOL \!. ST 100 L \!. ST 101 R . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -7552,9 +8090,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . CHECK_INDENT . QUAD \\*[$HEAD_QUAD] . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u . UNDERLINE OFF . \} @@ -7616,7 +8152,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#HEAD_COLOR]=1 \{\ . TRAP OFF . COLOR \\*[$HEAD_COLOR] -. EL +. EOL . TRAP . \} . \} @@ -7664,82 +8200,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# ---Subheads--- \# -\# SUBHEAD FAMILY -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in subheads> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SH_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC SUBHEAD_FAMILY END -. ds $SH_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBHEAD FONT -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use in subheads> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SH_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold. -\# -.MAC SUBHEAD_FONT END -. ds $SH_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBHEAD SIZE -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease point size of subheads -\# (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SH_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +.5 for printstyle TYPESET; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC SUBHEAD_SIZE END -. ds $SH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBHEAD COLOR -\# ------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Defines string $SH_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# SUBHEAD_COLOR. -\# -.MAC SUBHEAD_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #SH_COLOR 1 -. ds $SH_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# SUBHEAD QUAD -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# L | LEFT | R | RIGHT | C | CENTER | CENTRE -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $SH_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is LEFT for both TYPESET and TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC SUBHEAD_QUAD END -. ds $SH_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# SUBHEAD \# ------- \# *Arguments: @@ -7802,7 +8262,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{\ \!. PAD "\\h'\\n[#TOC_SH_INDENT]u'\\*[$TOC_SH_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN]" . \} -\!. EL +\!. EOL \!. ST 100 L \!. ST 101 R . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -7832,9 +8292,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . CHECK_INDENT . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u . QUAD \\*[$SH_QUAD] . UNDERLINE OFF @@ -7961,68 +8419,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# ---Paragraph heads--- \# -\# PARAHEAD FAMILY -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in paraheads> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $PH_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC PARAHEAD_FAMILY END -. ds $PH_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# PARAHEAD FONT -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use in paraheads> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $PH_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold italic for TYPESET; underlined for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC PARAHEAD_FONT END -. ds $PH_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# PARAHEAD SIZE -\# ------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease point size of subheads -\# (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $PH_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. No unit of measure, please. -\# Default is +.5 for printstyle TYPESET; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC PARAHEAD_SIZE END -. ds $PH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# PARAHEAD COLOR -\# -------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Defines string $PH_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# PARAHEAD_COLOR. -\# -.MAC PARAHEAD_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #PH_COLOR 1 -. ds $PH_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# PARAHEAD INDENT \# --------------- \# *Argument: @@ -8076,7 +8472,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{\ \!. PAD "\\h'\\n[#TOC_PH_INDENT]u'\\*[$TOC_PH_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN]" . \} -\!. EL +\!. EOL \!. ST 100 L \!. ST 101 R . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -8105,9 +8501,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . el \{ .ti \\n[#PH_INDENT]u \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . UNDERLINE OFF . ie \\n[#NUMBER_PH] \{\ . if \\n[#NUMBER_HEAD] \{\ @@ -8174,14 +8568,13 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . PRINT "\\$1\h'.6m'\c" . \} . \} -. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] -. FT \\*[$PP_FT] -. PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u -. if \\n[#PH_COLOR]=1 \m[]\c -. if \\n[#SLANT_WAS_ON] \{\ -. rr #SLANT_WAS_ON 1 +. FAMILY \\*[$DOC_FAM] +. FT \\*[$PP_FT] +. PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u +. if \\n[#PH_COLOR]=1 \m[]\c +. if \\n[#SLANT_WAS_ON] \{\ +. rr #SLANT_WAS_ON \E*[SLANT]\c -. \} . \} . rr #NUMBERED . rm $TOC_PH_ITEM @@ -8220,22 +8613,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# LINEBREAK COLOR -\# --------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Defines string $LINEBREAK_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# LINEBREAK_COLOR. -\# -.MAC LINEBREAK_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. ds $LINEBREAK_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# LINE BREAK \# ---------- \# *Arguments: @@ -8403,9 +8780,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . \} . if \\n[#TAB_ACTIVE] \{ .TAB \\n[#CURRENT_TAB] \} . ie \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . ie \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{ .vs \\n[#EN_LEAD]u \} . el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} . QUAD \\*[$DOC_QUAD] @@ -8519,70 +8894,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# \# +++QUOTES+++ \# -\# ---Line for line (poetic) quotes--- -\# -\# QUOTE FAMILY -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in line for line quotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $QUOTE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC QUOTE_FAMILY END -. ds $QUOTE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# QUOTE FONT -\# ---------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use in line for line quotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $QUOTE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is italic for TYPESET. -\# -.MAC QUOTE_FONT END -. ds $QUOTE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# QUOTE SIZE -\# ---------- -\# *Argument: -\# <-|+ number of points by which to de/increase point size of -\# line for line quotes (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a - or + sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +0. -\# -.MAC QUOTE_SIZE END -. ds $QUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# QUOTE COLOR -\# ----------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #QUOTE_COLOR to 1; defines string $QUOTE_COLOR to -\# argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# QUOTE_COLOR. -\# -.MAC QUOTE_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #QUOTE_COLOR 1 -. ds $QUOTE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# +\# ---Line for line quotes, i.e. poetry or code snippets--- \# \# UNDERLINE QUOTES \# ---------------- @@ -8644,10 +8956,9 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# .MAC QUOTE END . br -\# **Uncomment the next line to prevent orphaned quote lines. -\#. ne 1 . ie '\\$1'' \{\ . ev QUOTE +. nr #IN_DIVER 1 . nr #QUOTE 1 . di P_QUOTE . ll \\n[#L_LENGTH]u-(\\n[#PP_INDENT]u*\\n[#Q_OFFSET_VALUE]u) @@ -8657,9 +8968,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . ta \\n(.lu . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u . LEFT . \} @@ -8672,7 +8981,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#QUOTE_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$QUOTE_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . \} . nr #Q_TOP \\n(nl @@ -8685,86 +8994,8 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . el \{ .DO_QUOTE \} .END \# -\# \# ---Blockquotes--- \# -\# BLOCKQUOTE FAMILY -\# ----------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in blockquotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $BQUOTE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY END -. ds $BQUOTE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# BLOCKQUOTE FONT -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use in blockquotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $BQUOTE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC BLOCKQUOTE_FONT END -. ds $BQUOTE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# BLOCKQUOTE SIZE -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <-|+ number of points by which to de/increase point size of blockquotes -\# (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a - or + sign with no space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is -1 for printstyle TYPESET; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE END -. ds $BQUOTE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# BLOCKQUOTE COLOR -\# ---------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #BQUOTE_COLOR to 1; defines string -\# $BQUOTE_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR. -\# -.MAC BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #BQUOTE_COLOR 1 -. ds $BQUOTE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# BLOCKQUOTE QUAD -\# --------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <quad to use in blockquotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $BQUOTE_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is LEFT. -\# -.MAC BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD END -. ds $BQUOTE_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# BLOCKQUOTE \# ---------- \# *Arguments: @@ -8784,6 +9015,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . br . ie '\\$1'' \{\ . ev BLOCKQUOTE +. nr #IN_DIVER 1 . nr #QUOTE 2 . nr #PP_STYLE 2 . nr #Q_PP 0 @@ -8812,9 +9044,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . ta \\n(.lu . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u . QUAD LEFT . HY OFF @@ -8830,7 +9060,7 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . if \\n[#BQUOTE_COLOR]=1 \{\ . nf \m[\\*[$BQUOTE_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . \} . QUAD \\*[$BQUOTE_QUAD] . HY @@ -8868,9 +9098,11 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' \# .MAC DO_QUOTE END . di +. rr #IN_DIVER +. nr #SAVED_FN_NUMBER \\n[#FN_NUMBER] +. nr #DONE_ONCE 0 1 . REMOVE_INDENT . ev -\# **Change *1 to *2 in next line to prevent orphans after quotes . if \\n[#ENDNOTE] \{\ . nr #RESET_QUOTE_SPACING \\n[#FULLSPACE_QUOTES] . ALWAYS_FULLSPACE_QUOTES @@ -9135,67 +9367,6 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' .END \# \# -\# PAGENUMBER FAMILY -\# ----------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for page numbers> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $PAGE_NUM_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC PAGENUM_FAMILY END -. ds $PAGE_NUM_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# PAGE NUMBER FONT -\# ---------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <font to use for page numbers> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $PAGE_NUM_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC PAGENUM_FONT END -. ds $PAGE_NUM_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# PAGE NUMBER SIZE -\# ---------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease point size of -\# page numbers (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign with no space afterward. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is +0. -\# -.MAC PAGENUM_SIZE END -. ds $PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# PAGNUMBER COLOR -\# --------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Defines string $PAGENUM_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# PAGENUM_COLOR. -\# -.MAC PAGENUM_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. ds $PAGENUM_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# PAGE NUMBER FORMAT \# ------------------ \# *Arguments: @@ -9291,11 +9462,9 @@ y\\R'#DESCENDER \\n[.cdp]' . FT \\*[$PAGE_NUM_FT] . PT_SIZE \\n[#DOC_PT_SIZE]u\\*[$PAGE_NUM_SIZE_CHANGE] . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} -. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{ .EL \} +. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{ .vs 0 \} . if o \{\ . ie \\n[#PAGE_NUM_H_POS]=1 \{ .LEFT \} . el \{ .RIGHT \} @@ -9368,69 +9537,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# \# +++FOOTNOTES+++ \# -\# FOOTNOTE FAMILY -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in footnotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $FN_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC FOOTNOTE_FAMILY END -. ds $FN_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# FOOTNOTE FONT -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use in footnotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $FN_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is roman. -\# -.MAC FOOTNOTE_FONT END -. ds $FN_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# FOOTNOTE SIZE -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease point size of footnotes -\# (relative to running text)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $FN_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Must be preceded by a +|- sign. No space afterwards. -\# Fractional point sizes are allowed. -\# Default is -2 for printstyle TYPESET; +0 for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC FOOTNOTE_SIZE END -. ds $FN_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# FOOTNOTE COLOR -\# -------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <pre-defined XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR> -\# *Function: -\# Sets register #FOOTNOTE_COLOR to 1; defines string -\# $FOOTNOTE_COLOR to argument. -\# *Notes: -\# User must define an XCOLOR or NEWCOLOR before using -\# FOOTNOTE_COLOR. -\# -.MAC FOOTNOTE_COLOR END -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .return \} -. nr #FOOTNOTE_COLOR 1 -. ds $FOOTNOTE_COLOR \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# FOOTNOTE AUTOLEAD \# ----------------- \# *Arguments: @@ -9445,20 +9551,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .END \# \# -\# FOOTNOTE QUAD -\# ------------- -\# *Arguments: -\# <quad to use in footnotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $FN_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text. -\# -.MAC FOOTNOTE_QUAD END -. ds $FN_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# FOOTNOTE MARKERS \# ---------------- \# *Arguments: @@ -9556,7 +9648,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .MAC FOOTNOTE_RULE END . ie '\\$0'PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE' \{\ . if \\n[#FN_RULE]=0 \{ .RLD 1v \} -\!. PT_SIZE 12 \"Not sure why these have to be transparently embedded, but they do. +\!. PT_SIZE 12 . RLD 1v . LEFT . PRINT \\v'-\\n[#FN_RULE_ADJ]u'\\l'\\n[#FN_RULE_LENGTH]u'\\v'+\\n[#FN_RULE_ADJ]u' @@ -9583,13 +9675,136 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# or the footnote marker will be spaced away from the word it \# should be joined to. \# -\# If FOOTNOTES is invoked with INDENT, the footnote will +\# If FOOTNOTE is invoked with INDENT, the footnote will \# be indented. An indent style and an indent value must be given. \# Subsequent footnotes will NOT be indented; INDENT must be given \# for each footnote the user wants indented. \# .MAC FOOTNOTE END . ie '\\$1'' \{\ +. if \\n[#IN_DIVER]=1 \{\ +. nr #PAGE_POS \\n(nl+\\n(.d +. nr #FOOTER_POS \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS] +. nr #BMARG \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN] +. nr #SPACE_TO_FOOTER \\n[#FOOTER_POS]-\\n[#PAGE_POS] +\# Enough room for 1 line of footnote +. nr #RESERVED_SPACE \\n[#FN_LEAD]*2+\\n[#DOC_LEAD] +\# A) Are we on the line where FOOTER will be sprung? If so, defer footnote. +. if \\n[#PAGE_POS]+\\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER]=\\n[#FOOTER_POS] \{\ +. nr #DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER 1 +\# When a footnote in a diversion is the first footnote on the +\# page, the above condition is always true. This test takes care +\# of that. If it's a genuine deferred footnote in a diversion, +\# we set #DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER to 1. Otherwise, we set it to 3. +. if \\n[#RESERVED_SPACE]<\\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER] \{\ +. ie \\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER]-\\n[#RESERVED_SPACE]>\\n[#DOC_LEAD] \{\ +. nr #DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER 3 \" treat like a normal footnote +. \} +. el \{\ +. nr #DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER 1 \" defer this footnote; cond 1 +. \} +. \} +\# Sometimes, A) returns true even though we're below FOOTER. I +\# can't track down why, and the behaviour occurs sporadically. I +\# call it the "wonky factor." This *seems* to take care of it, but +\# I might have to adjust FN_LEAD, below, to DOC_LEAD, or some other +\# "wonky" value. +. if \\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER]<\\n[#FN_LEAD] \{\ +. nr #PAGE_POS \\n[#PAGE_POS]+\\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER] +. nr #SPACE_TO_FOOTER \\n[#FOOTER_POS]-\\n[#PAGE_POS] +. if \\n[#PAGE_POS]+\\n[#SPACE_TO_FOOTER]=\\n[#FOOTER_POS] \{\ +. nr #DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER 2 \" move this footnote; cond 2 +. \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#PAGE_POS]>=\\n[#FOOTER_POS] \{ .nr #DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER 2 \} +. if r#DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER \{\ +. \\n+[#DONE_ONCE] +\# Condition 1: +\# A footnote inside a diversion will become the 1st footnote on the +\# following page/column. +. if \\n[#DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER]=2 \{\ +. nr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS 1 +. nr #COUNTERS_RESET 1 +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 \{ .nr #FN_COUNT 0 1 \} +. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{\ +. nr #FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS 0 1 +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. if \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{ .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1 \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1 +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +\# Condition 2: +\# A footnote inside a diversion that has to be deferred to next +\# page/column +. if \\n[#DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER]=1 \{\ +. nr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS 2 +. nr #COUNTERS_RESET 1 +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 \{\ +. nr #ADD_DEFER_SPACE 1 +. nr #DONT_RULE_ME 1 +. nr #NO_EXTRA_SPACE 1 +. \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 \{\ +. nr #FN_COUNT 0 1 +. nr #NO_EXTRA_SPACE 1 +. \} +. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. if !\\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{ .rr #ADD_DEFER_SPACE \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. if \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 \{\ +. nr #ADD_DEFER_SPACE 1 +. nr #DONT_RULE_ME 1 +. nr #NO_EXTRA_SPACE 1 +. \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]>0 \{\ +. nr #FN_COUNT 0 1 +. nr #NO_EXTRA_SPACE 1 +. \} +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_NUMBER]=0 \{\ +. if \\n[#COL_NUM]=\\n[#NUM_COLS] \{ .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1 \} +. \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_NUMBER]=0 \{ .nr #FN_NUMBER 0 1 \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +. \} +\# Condition 3: +\# Treat like a normal footnote. +. if \\n[#DEFER_FN_IN_DIVER]=3 \{\ +\#. \\n-[#DONE_ONCE] +. \} +. \} +. nr #SAVED_FN_COUNT \\n[#FN_COUNT]+1 +. nr #SAVED_FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]+1 +. \} +\# End processing footnotes that occur inside diversions. . if \\n[#FN_MARKERS] \{\ . if \\n[#CONDENSE] \{ \*[CONDX]\c \} . if \\n[#EXTEND] \{ \*[EXTX]\c \} @@ -9599,37 +9814,41 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . UNDERLINE OFF . \} . \} +\# Add footnote markers to running text . if !\\n[#NO_FN_MARKER] \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. ie \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=0 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]* \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=2 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=3 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=4 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]*** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=5 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=6 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]**** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=7 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=8 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]***** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=9 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg \} +\# If .em TERMINATE has not been called +. if !r#TERMINATE \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=0 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]* \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=2 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dd \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=3 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]** \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=4 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=5 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dd\(dd \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=6 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]*** \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=7 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=8 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dd\(dd\(dd \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=9 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]**** \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]* \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dd \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=3 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]** \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=4 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=5 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dd\(dd \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=6 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]*** \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=7 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=8 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dd\(dd\(dd \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=9 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]**** \} +. \} . \} -. el \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=0 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]* \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=3 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=4 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]*** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=5 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=6 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]**** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=7 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=8 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]***** \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=9 \{ .PRINT \*[BU3]\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg \} +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .PRINT "\s-2\v'-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\\n+[#FN_NUMBER]\v'+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\s+2" \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{ .PRINT "\*[SUP]\\n+[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]" \} . \} . \} -. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\ -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .PRINT "\s-2\v'-\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\\n+[#FN_NUMBER]\v'+\\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/5u'\s+2" \} -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{ .PRINT "\*[SUP]\\n+[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]" \} -. \} . \} . \} . nr #SPACE_REMAINING \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN]-(\\n(nl+1v) @@ -9640,7 +9859,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . ev FOOTNOTES . ll \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u . ta \\n(.lu -. if \\n[#COLUMNS] \{\ +. if \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ . ll \\n[#COL_L_LENGTH]u . ta \\n(.lu . \} @@ -9658,69 +9877,87 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . AUTOLEAD \\n[#FN_AUTOLEAD] . QUAD \\*[$FN_QUAD] . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . ie \\n[#SINGLE_SPACE] \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} . el \{ .vs \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u/2u \} . QUAD LEFT . HY OFF . \} . nr #FN_LEAD \\n[#LEAD] -. da FOOTNOTES +. ie r#COUNTERS_RESET \{\ +. ie \\n[#DONE_ONCE]=1 \{\ +. di FN_IN_DIVER +. \} +. el \{\ +. da FN_IN_DIVER +. \} +. \\n+[#DONE_ONCE] +. \} +. el \{ .da FOOTNOTES \} . if \\n[#FOOTNOTE_COLOR]=1 \{\ . TRAP OFF . nf \m[\\*[$FOOTNOTE_COLOR]] -. EL +. EOL . fi . TRAP . \} . if \\n[#EPIGRAPH] \{ .nr #FN_FOR_EPI 1 \} . if \\n[#FN_DEFER_SPACE] \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{ .ALD 1v \} -. if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] \{ .ALD 1v \} +\# Only do this if .em TERMINATE has not been called +. if !r#TERMINATE \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{ .ALD 1v \} +. if \\n[#RESET_FN_NUMBER] \{ .ALD 1v \} +. \} . rr #FN_DEFER_SPACE . \} -. if \\n+[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\ -. if !\\n[#FN_DEPTH] \{\ -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} -. ie \\n[#FN_RULE] \{ .PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE \} -. el \{ .ALD 1v \} +\# If #DONT_RULE_ME hasn't been set to 1, perform the subsequent clause +. if !\\n[#DONT_RULE_ME]=1 \{\ +. if \\n+[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{\ +. if !\\n[#FN_DEPTH] \{\ +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u \} +. ie \\n[#FN_RULE] \{ .PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE \} +. el \{ .ALD 1v \} +. \} . \} . \} +. rr #DONT_RULE_ME . if \\n[#FN_MARKERS] \{\ . if !\\n[#NO_FN_MARKER] \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. ie \\n+[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 \{ .PRINT *\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=2 \{ .PRINT \(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=3 \{ .PRINT **\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=4 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=5 \{ .PRINT ***\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=6 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=7 \{ .PRINT ****\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=8 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=9 \{ .PRINT *****\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=10 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} +\# If .em TERMINATE has not been called +. if !r#TERMINATE \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=1 \{\ +. ie \\n[#COLUMNS]=1 \{\ +. \\n+[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS] +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=1 \{ .PRINT *\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=2 \{ .PRINT \(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=3 \{ .PRINT \(dd\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=4 \{ .PRINT **\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=5 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=6 \{ .PRINT \(dd\(dd\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=7 \{ .PRINT ***\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=8 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=9 \{ .PRINT \(dd\(dd\(dd\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT_FOR_COLS]=10 \{ .PRINT ****\c \} +. \} +. el \{\ +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{ .PRINT *\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 \{ .PRINT \(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=3 \{ .PRINT \(dd\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=4 \{ .PRINT **\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=5 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=6 \{ .PRINT \(dd\(dd\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=7 \{ .PRINT ***\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=8 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=9 \{ .PRINT \(dd\(dd\(dd\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=10 \{ .PRINT ****\c \} +. \} . \} -. el \{\ -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{ .PRINT *\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=2 \{ .PRINT \(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=3 \{ .PRINT **\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=4 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=5 \{ .PRINT ***\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=6 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=7 \{ .PRINT ****\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=8 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=9 \{ .PRINT *****\c \} -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=10 \{ .PRINT \(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\(dg\c \} +. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\ +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .PRINT "(\\n[#FN_NUMBER])\c" \} +. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{ .PRINT "\*[SUP]\\n[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]\*[FU 2]\c" \} . \} . \} -. if \\n[#FN_MARKER_STYLE]=2 \{\ -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{ .PRINT "(\\n[#FN_NUMBER])\c" \} -. if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{ .PRINT "\*[SUP]\\n[#FN_NUMBER]\*[SUPX]\c" \} -. \} . \} . \} . \} @@ -9749,7 +9986,8 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . el \{\ . br . di -. in 0 \"Turn off indent possibly set by FOOTNOTE INDENT... +\# Turn off indent possibly set by FOOTNOTE INDENT +. in 0 . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ . if \\n[#UNDERLINE_WAS_ON] \{\ . UNDERLINE @@ -9762,22 +10000,30 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #PP_STYLE \\n[#PP_STYLE_PREV] . if !\\n[#INDENT_FIRSTS] \{ .INDENT_FIRST_PARAS OFF \} . rr #INDENT_FIRSTS -. nr #FN_DEPTH +\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH] -. if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\ -. nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1 -. rr #FN_DEFER +. ie r#COUNTERS_RESET \{\ +. rr #COUNTERS_RESET . \} -. if \\n[#FN_DEPTH]>\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING] \{\ -. ie \\n[#SPACE_REMAINING]<(\\n[#LEAD]*2) \{ .nr #FN_DEFER 1 \} -. el \{\ -. nr #FN_LINES 0 1 -. while (\\n+[#FN_LINES]*\\n[#FN_LEAD])<\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING] \{\ -. nr #FN_DEPTH (\\n[#FN_LINES]*\\n[#FN_LEAD]) +. el \{\ +. nr #FN_DEPTH +\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH] +. if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\ +. nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1 +. rr #FN_DEFER +. \} +. if \\n[#FN_DEPTH]>\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING] \{\ +. ie \\n[#SPACE_REMAINING]<(\\n[#LEAD]*2) \{ .nr #FN_DEFER 1 \} +. el \{\ +. nr #FN_LINES 0 1 +. while (\\n+[#FN_LINES]*\\n[#FN_LEAD])<\\n[#SPACE_REMAINING] \{\ +. nr #FN_DEPTH (\\n[#FN_LINES]*\\n[#FN_LEAD]) +. \} . \} . \} -. \} -. nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH] -. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{ .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -1v \} +. nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -\\n[#DIVER_DEPTH] +. if \\n[#FN_COUNT]=1 \{ .nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS -1v \} +. if r#NO_EXTRA_SPACE \{\ +. nr #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS +1v +. rr #NO_EXTRA_SPACE +. \} . \} . ch FOOTER \\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]u . if (\\n(nl+1v)>(\\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]+\\n[#VARIABLE_FOOTER_POS]) \{\ @@ -9789,15 +10035,24 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . \} . \} . nr #NO_FN_MARKER 0 +. \} .END \# +\# FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP starts off "underneath" FOOTER, but is revealed as +\# #VARIABLE_FOOTER_POSITION changes the position of FOOTER owing to the +\# presence footnotes. FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP simply starts diversion FN_OVERFLOW +\# to "catch" the overflow. The diversion is ended in FOOTER, after +\# outputting FOOTNOTES (the diversion that holds footnotes). \# -.MAC FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP END +.MAC FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP END . if \\n[#FN_COUNT] \{\ . di FN_OVERFLOW . \} .END \# +\# DIVERT_FN_OVERFLOW is started in PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER, which is called +\# at the top of HEADER, and in FOOTER if we're moving from one column +\# to the next. \# .MAC DIVERT_FN_LEFTOVER END . nr #NO_FN_MARKER 1 @@ -9809,6 +10064,11 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . rr #FN_OVERFLOW_DEPTH .END \# +\# PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER is called at the top of HEADER, and in FOOTER if +\# we're moving from one column to the next. It checks for whether we +\# have a "deferred footnote" situation, and resets counters and number +\# registers accordingly. Lastly, if we have some footnote overflow, it +\# calls DIVERT_FN_OVERFLOW. \# .MAC PROCESS_FN_LEFTOVER END . if !\\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\ @@ -9837,6 +10097,23 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #FN_COUNT 0 1 .END \# +\# This is a special macro to deal with footnotes that are set inside +\# diversions (QUOTE, BLOCKQUOTE and EPIGRAPH). It's called in HEADER and +\# in FOOTER if we're moving from column to column, and comes after +\# PROCESS_FOOTNOTE_LEFTOVER in those two macros. +\# +.MAC PROCESS_FN_IN_DIVER END +. nr #SPACE_REMAINING 0 +. ch FOOTER -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u +. nr #NO_FN_MARKER 1 +. rr #RESET_FN_COUNTERS +. FOOTNOTE +. nf +. FN_IN_DIVER +. FOOTNOTE OFF +. if \\n[#ADD_DEFER_SPACE] \{ .nr #FN_DEFER_SPACE 1 \} +. rr #ADD_DEFER_SPACE +.END \# \# ==================================================================== \# @@ -9853,34 +10130,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# the flexibility to output endnotes at the end of each collated \# document, or to output them at the end of the entire document. \# -\# ENDNOTE FAMILY -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use in endnotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text in body of document. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_FAMILY END -. ds $EN_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE FONT -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use in endnotes> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is roman. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_FONT END -. ds $EN_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# ENDNOTE POINT SIZE \# ------------------ \# *Argument: @@ -9929,6 +10178,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #EN_LEAD (p;\\$1) . if '\\$2'ADJUST' \{\ . nr #ORIG_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD] +. nr #RESTORE_ADJ_DOC_LEAD \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD] . nr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD 1 . nr #ADJ_EN_LEAD 1 . nr #NO_TRAP_RESET 1 @@ -9936,26 +10186,12 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #EN_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD] . DOC_LEAD \\n[#ORIG_DOC_LEAD]u . rr #NO_TRAP_RESET -. rr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD +. nr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_ADJ_DOC_LEAD] . rr #ORIG_DOC_LEAD . \} .END \# \# -\# ENDNOTE QUAD -\# ------------ -\# *Argument: -\# LEFT | L | CENTER | C | RIGHT | R | JUSTIFY | J -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is justified for TYPESET, left for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_QUAD END -. ds $EN_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER \# ---------------------- \# *Argument: @@ -9988,63 +10224,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .END \# \# -\# ENDNOTE STRING FAMILY -\# --------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for endnote string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_STRING_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text in body of document. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY END -. ds $EN_STRING_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE STRING FONT -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for endnote string> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is BOLD for TYPEWRITE; roman for TYPESET -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT END -. ds $EN_STRING_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE STRING SIZE -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease endnote string -\# (relative to base endnote size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is +1 for TYPESET. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE END \"Default for TYPESET is +1 -. ds $EN_STRING_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE STRING QUAD -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# LEFT | L | CENTER | C | RIGHT | R -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $EN_STRING_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is centered. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD END -. ds $EN_STRING_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# ENDNOTE STRING UNDERSCORE \# ------------------------- \# *Arguments: @@ -10099,63 +10278,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .END \# \# -\# ENDNOTE TITLE FAMILY -\# -------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for endnote title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_TITLE_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text of document. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY END -. ds $EN_TITLE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE TITLE FONT -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for endnote title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_TITLE_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold for TYPESET; roman for TYPEWRITE. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT END -. ds $EN_TITLE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE TITLE SIZE -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease endnote title -\# (relative to base endnote size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is 0 (i.e. title same size as text of endnotes). -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE END -. ds $EN_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE TITLE QUAD -\# ------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <quad direction of endnote title> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_TITLE_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is left. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD END -. ds $EN_TITLE_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# ENDNOTE TITLE UNDERSCORE \# ------------------------ \# *Argument: @@ -10171,61 +10293,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .END \# \# -\# ENDNOTE NUMBER FAMILY -\# --------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for endnote numbers on endnotes page> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_NUMBER_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as running text of document. -\# -\# Family, font, and size of endnote numbers applies only to the -\# numbers as they appear on the endnotes page(s). The superscript -\# numbers that appear in running text are unaffected. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY END -. ds $EN_NUMBER_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE NUMBER FONT -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for endnote numbers on endnotes page> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_NUMBER_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold for TYPESET; roman for TYPEWRITE. -\# -\# Family, font, and size of endnote numbers applies only to the -\# numbers as they appear on the endnotes page(s). The superscript -\# numbers that appear in running text are unaffected. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT END \"Default for TYPESET is bold -. ds $EN_NUMBER_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# ENDNOTE NUMBER SIZE -\# ------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease endnote numbers -\# (relative to base endnote size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is 0. -\# -\# Family, font, and size of endnote numbers applies only to the -\# numbers as they appear on the endnotes page(s). The superscript -\# numbers that appear in running text are unaffected. -\# -.MAC ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE END -. ds $EN_NUMBER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# ENDNOTE NUMBERS ALIGN RIGHT \# --------------------------- \# *Argument: @@ -10472,9 +10539,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . if \\n[#EN_NUMBER]=1 \{\ \!. ne 3 . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . FAMILY \\*[$EN_TITLE_FAM] @@ -10505,9 +10570,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . el \{ .sp \} \!. TRAP OFF . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . FAMILY \\*[$EN_NUMBER_FAM] @@ -10520,16 +10583,14 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . RIGHT \En[#EN_NUMBER]. . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . FAMILY \\*[$EN_FAM] . FT \\*[$EN_FT] . PT_SIZE \\n[#EN_PS]u . \} -. EL +. EOL . ll \\n[#RESET_L_LENGTH]u . in \\n[#EN_NUMBER_L_LENGTH]u+\w'.\0'u . nr #EN_TEXT_INDENT \\n(.i @@ -10542,9 +10603,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . \} . el \{ .sp \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . FAMILY \\*[$EN_NUMBER_FAM] @@ -10596,7 +10655,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# .MAC ENDNOTES END . nr #ENDNOTES 1 -. nr #PAGINATION_STATE \\n[#PAGINATE] . nr #EN_FIRST_PAGE 1 . nr #HEADER_STATE \\n[#HEADERS_ON] . ds $RESTORE_PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$PAGENUM_STYLE] @@ -10624,29 +10682,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . if !'\\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD]'' \{ .ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD] \} . \} . NEWPAGE -. if \\n[#FINIS] \{\ -. if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \{\ -. FOOTERS -. rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON -. \} -. if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON] \{\ \"This register only set in FINIS -. if \\n[#PAGINATION_STATE]=1 \{\ -. PAGINATE -. rr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON -. \} -. \} -. rr #FINIS -. \} -. if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \{\ -. FOOTERS -. rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON -. \} -. if \\n[#PAGINATION_WAS_ON] \{\ -. if \\n[#PAGINATION_STATE]=1 \{\ -. PAGINATE -. rr #PAGINATION_WAS_ON -. \} -. \} . if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\ . ds $HDRFTR_CENTER \\*[$HDRFTR_CENTER_NEW] . rm $HDRFTR_CENTER_OLD @@ -10677,9 +10712,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . ev TOC_EV . da TOC_ENTRIES . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ \!. FAMILY \\*[$TOC_TITLE_FAM] @@ -10693,7 +10726,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . el \{\ \!. PAD "\\h'\\n[#TOC_TITLE_INDENT]u'\\*[$TOC_TITLE_ITEM]\\*[$TOC_PN]" . \} -\!. EL +\!. EOL \!. ST 100 L \!. ST 101 R . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -10732,9 +10765,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . ev ENDNOTES . if !'\\*[$EN_STRING]'' \{\ . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . vs \\n[#EN_LEAD]u . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -10757,7 +10788,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . if '\\*[$EN_STRING_QUAD]'CENTRE' \{ .CENTER \} . if '\\*[$EN_STRING_QUAD]'R' \{ .RIGHT \} . if '\\*[$EN_STRING_QUAD]'RIGHT' \{ .RIGHT \} -. EL +. EOL . if \\n[#EN_STRING_CAPS] \{ .CAPS \} . ie \\n[#EN_STRING_UNDERSCORE] \{\ . ie \\n[#EN_STRING_UNDERSCORE]=2 \{\ @@ -10833,20 +10864,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .END \# \# -\# TOC FAMILY -\# ---------- -\# *Argument: -\# <overall default family for toc pages> -\# *Function: -\# Creates string $TOC_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as document family. -\# -.MAC TOC_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# TOC POINT SIZE \# -------------- \# *Argument: @@ -10892,6 +10909,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #TOC_LEAD (p;\\$1) . if '\\$2'ADJUST' \{\ . nr #ORIG_DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD] +. nr #RESTORE_ADJ_DOC_LEAD \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD] . nr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD 1 . nr #ADJ_TOC_LEAD 1 . nr #NO_TRAP_RESET 1 @@ -10899,7 +10917,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #TOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD] . DOC_LEAD \\n[#ORIG_DOC_LEAD]u . rr #NO_TRAP_RESET -. rr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD +. nr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD \\n[#RESTORE_ADJ_DOC_LEAD] . rr #ORIG_DOC_LEAD . \} .END @@ -10939,63 +10957,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# \# - for TOC "doc header" (i.e. "Contents") \# -\# TOC HEADER FAMILY -\# ----------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <family for toc header> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TOC_HEADER_FAM -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as TOC_FAMILY. -\# -.MAC TOC_HEADER_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_HEADER_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TOC HEADER FONT -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font for toc header> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modified string $TOC_HEADER_FT -\# *Notes: -\# Default is bold for TYPESET. -\# -.MAC TOC_HEADER_FONT END -. ds $TOC_HEADER_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TOC HEADER SIZE -\# -------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease toc header -\# (relative to overall toc point size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TOC_HEADER_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is +4 -\# -.MAC TOC_HEADER_SIZE END -. ds $TOC_HEADER_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TOC HEADER QUAD -\# --------------- -\# *Argument: -\# L | LEFT | C | CENTER | CENTRE | R | RIGHT -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TOC_HEADER_QUAD. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is LEFT. -\# -.MAC TOC_HEADER_QUAD END -. ds $TOC_HEADER_QUAD \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# TOC HEADER STRING \# ----------------- \# *Argument: @@ -11011,49 +10972,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# \# - for TOC entries page number numerals \# -\# TOC ENTRIES PAGE NUMBER FAMILY -\# ------------------------------ -\# *Argument: -\# <family to use for toc entries page number> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TOC_PN_FAM. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is same as $TOC_FAM. -\# -.MAC TOC_PN_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_PN_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TOC ENTRIES PAGE NUMBER FONT -\# ---------------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <font to use for toc entries page number> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TOC_PN_FT. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is roman. -\# -.MAC TOC_PN_FONT END -. ds $TOC_PN_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -\# TOC ENTRIES PAGE NUMBER SIZE -\# ---------------------------- -\# *Argument: -\# <+|- number of points by which to in/decrease toc -\# entries page numbers (relative to overall toc point size)> -\# *Function: -\# Creates or modifies string $TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE. -\# *Notes: -\# Default is +0. -\# -.MAC TOC_PN_SIZE END -. ds $TOC_PN_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# \# Control macros for toc doc titles, heads, subheads and paraheads \# ---------------------------------------------------------------- \# @@ -11066,21 +10984,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# \# - for title entries \# -.MAC TOC_TITLE_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_TITLE_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_TITLE_FONT END -. ds $TOC_TITLE_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_TITLE_SIZE END -. ds $TOC_TITLE_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# .MAC TOC_TITLE_INDENT END . nr #TOC_TITLE_INDENT (\\$1) .END @@ -11118,63 +11021,18 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# \# - for head entries \# -.MAC TOC_HEAD_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_HEAD_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_HEAD_FONT END -. ds $TOC_HEAD_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_HEAD_SIZE END -. ds $TOC_HEAD_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# .MAC TOC_HEAD_INDENT END . nr #TOC_HEAD_INDENT (\\$1) .END \# \# - for subhead entries \# -.MAC TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_SH_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT END -. ds $TOC_SH_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE END -. ds $TOC_SH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# .MAC TOC_SUBHEAD_INDENT END . nr #TOC_SH_INDENT (\\$1) .END \# \# - for parahead entries \# -.MAC TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY END -. ds $TOC_PH_FAM \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT END -. ds $TOC_PH_FT \\$1 -.END -\# -\# -.MAC TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE END -. ds $TOC_PH_SIZE_CHANGE \\$1 -.END -\# -\# .MAC TOC_PARAHEAD_INDENT END . nr #TOC_PH_INDENT (\\$1) .END @@ -11238,9 +11096,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . QUAD \\*[$TOC_HEADER_QUAD] . PAGENUM_STYLE \\*[$TOC_PN_STYLE] . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=1 \{\ -. fam C -. ft R -. ps 12 +. TYPEWRITER . \} . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ . FAMILY \\*[$TOC_HEADER_FAM] @@ -11277,7 +11133,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . el \{\ . PAD "\\h'\\n[#TOC_TITLE_INDENT]u'\\*[$FIRST_DOC_TITLE]\\*[$TOC_PN]" . \} -. EL +. EOL . ST 100 L . ST 101 R . if \\n[#PRINT_STYLE]=2 \{\ @@ -11372,7 +11228,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# desired. \# \# <anything> moves back one list level intuitively, or exits lists -\# completely if the level at which it's invoked is the first. +\# completely if the level in which it's invoked is the first. \# .MAC LIST END . if !r#DEPTH \{\ @@ -11520,7 +11376,10 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# receive the text of an item. \# .MAC ITEM END -. KERN OFF +. if \\n[#KERN]=1 \{\ +. nr #KERN_WAS_ON 1 +. KERN OFF +. \} . IL . ll \\n[#CURRENT_L_LENGTH]u \" Set ll again because IL turns IB off. . TRAP OFF @@ -11546,9 +11405,12 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . el \{\ . PRINT \\*[$ENUMERATOR\\n[#DEPTH]]\\*[$SEPARATOR\\n[#DEPTH]] . \} -. EL +. EOL . TRAP -. KERN +. if \\n[#KERN_WAS_ON]=1 \{\ +. KERN +. rr #KERN_WAS_ON +. \} .END \# \# @@ -11777,34 +11639,34 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . nr #HOW_MANY \\$1 . nr #PAGES 0 1 . while \\n+[#PAGES]<=\\n[#HOW_MANY] \{\ -. if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \{\ -. nr #HEADERS_WERE_ON 1 -. HEADERS OFF -. \} -. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\ -. if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{ .nr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON 1 \} -. PAGINATION OFF -. \} -. NEWPAGE -. PRINT \& -. if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\ -. nr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON 1 -. FOOTERS OFF -. \} -. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \{\ -. if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{ .nr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON 1 \} -. PAGINATION OFF -. \} -. if \\n[#HEADERS_WERE_ON] \{ .HEADERS \} -. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\ -. if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] \{ .PAGINATE \} -. \} +. if \\n[#HEADERS_ON]=1 \{\ +. nr #HEADERS_WERE_ON 1 +. HEADERS OFF +. \} +. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{ .nr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON 1 \} +. PAGINATION OFF +. \} +. NEWPAGE +. PRINT \& +. if \\n[#FOOTERS_ON]=1 \{\ +. nr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON 1 +. FOOTERS OFF +. \} +. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \{\ +. if \\n[#PAGINATE]=1 \{ .nr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON 1 \} +. PAGINATION OFF +. \} +. if \\n[#HEADERS_WERE_ON] \{ .HEADERS \} +. if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=1 \{\ +. if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] \{ .PAGINATE \} +. \} . \} . NEWPAGE . if \\n[#FOOTERS_WERE_ON] \{ .FOOTERS \} . if \\n[#PAGE_NUM_V_POS]=2 \{\ . if \\n[#PAGINATE_WAS_ON] \{ .PAGINATE \} -. \} +. \} . rr #HEADERS_WERE_ON . rr #FOOTERS_WERE_ON . rr #PAGINATE_WAS_ON @@ -11817,23 +11679,24 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# <none> \# *Function: \# Sets header/footer/footnotes/etc... traps. -\# Calculates the number of lines that actually fit on a +\# +\# Calculates the number of lines that actually fit on a \# page based on #B_MARGIN and resets page bottom trap to coincide \# with the depth of that number of lines, or, if #ADJ_DOC_LEAD=1, \# adjusts #DOC_LEAD so that the last line of text on a page falls \# exactly on #B_MARGIN. \# .MAC TRAPS END -\# *Remove all header/footer traps +\# Remove all header/footer traps . if !\\n[#NO_TRAP_RESET] \{\ . ch DO_T_MARGIN . ch DO_B_MARGIN . ch HEADER . ch FOOTER -\# *Plant header trap +\# Plant header trap . wh 0 HEADER . \} -\# *Adjust lead so last line of text falls on B_MARGIN,... +\# Adjust lead so last line of text falls on B_MARGIN,... . ie \\n[#ADJ_DOC_LEAD]=1 \{\ . nr #LINES_PER_PAGE 0 1 . nr #DOC_LEAD_ADJ 0 1 @@ -11847,8 +11710,8 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . \} . DOC_LEAD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u+\\n[#DOC_LEAD_ADJ]u . \} -\# *...or calculate new B_MARGIN based on # of lines (at #DOC_LEAD) that fit -\# *on the page. +\# ...or calculate new B_MARGIN based on # of lines (at #DOC_LEAD) that fit +\# on the page. . el \{\ . nr #LINES_PER_PAGE 0 1 . nr #DEPTH_TO_B_MARGIN \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-\\n[#B_MARGIN]-1v @@ -11857,7 +11720,7 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . \} . nr #B_MARGIN \\n[#PAGE_LENGTH]-(\\n[#T_MARGIN]+(\\n[#DOC_LEAD]*\\n[#LINES_PER_PAGE])) . \} -\# *Set footer and footnote overflow traps +\# Set footer and footnote overflow traps . if !\\n[#NO_TRAP_RESET] \{\ . nr #FN_COUNT 0 1 . nr #SPACE_REMAINING 0 @@ -11867,7 +11730,6 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' . wh -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u FN_OVERFLOW_TRAP . ch FOOTER -\\n[#B_MARGIN]u . \} -. rr #ADJ_DOC_LEAD .END \# \# @@ -11942,6 +11804,53 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' .END \# \# +\# This .em (for all DOC_TYPEs except 4 [LETTER]) ensures that +\# deferred footnotes that happen on the 2nd to last page get +\# output. +\# +.MAC TERMINATE END +. if \\n[#FN_DEFER] \{\ +. br +. nr #TERMINATE 1 +. da FOOTNOTES +. di +. FOOTNOTE +. nf +. FOOTNOTE OFF +. \} +.END +\# +\# END MACRO FOR LETTERS +\# --------------------- +\# *Arguments: +\# none +\# *Function: +\# The .em macro executed at the end of letters. Turns footers +\# and pagination off, terminates and outputs diversion CLOSING +\# (indented with the author's name underneath). +\# +.MAC ALL_DONE END +. br +. FOOTERS OFF +. PAGINATION OFF +. if \\n[#DOC_TYPE]=4 \{\ +. br +. if !'\\n(.z'' \{ .di \} +. IQ CLEAR +. TQ +. TAB_SET 1 \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u/2u \\n[#DOC_L_LENGTH]u/2u LEFT +. ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*2u +. TAB 1 +. if \\n[#CLOSING] \{\ +. nf +. CLOSING +. \} +. ALD \\n[#DOC_LEAD]u*3u +. PRINT \\*[$AUTHOR_1] +. \} +. DO_FOOTER +.END +\# \# Set up a default papersize of US letter \# .PAPER LETTER @@ -11953,167 +11862,593 @@ E\\R'#CAP_HEIGHT \\n[.cht]' \# Aliases to make life easier for users: synonyms, short forms \# and alternate spellings. \# -\# Macros -\# ------ -.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_COLOUR BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR -.ALIAS BREAK_BLOCKQUOTE BREAK_QUOTE -.ALIAS BREAK_CITATION BREAK_QUOTE -.ALIAS BREAK_CITE BREAK_QUOTE -.ALIAS CITATION BLOCKQUOTE -.ALIAS CITATION_COLOUR CITATION_COLOR -.ALIAS CITATION_FAMILY BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY -.ALIAS CITATION_FONT BLOCKQUOTE_FONT -.ALIAS CITATION_SIZE BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -.ALIAS CITATION_COLOR BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR -.ALIAS CITATION_QUAD BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD -.ALIAS CITE BLOCKQUOTE -.ALIAS CITE_COLOUR CITE_COLOR -.ALIAS CITE_FAMILY BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY -.ALIAS CITE_FONT BLOCKQUOTE_FONT -.ALIAS CITE_SIZE BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE -.ALIAS CITE_COLOR BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR -.ALIAS CITE_QUAD BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD -.ALIAS DOC_R_MARGIN DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN -.ALIAS DOC_L_MARGIN DOC_LEFT_MARGIN -.ALIAS DOC_L_LENGTH DOC_LINE_LENGTH -.ALIAS DOC_RMARGIN DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN -.ALIAS DOC_LMARGIN DOC_LEFT_MARGIN -.ALIAS DOC_LLENGTH DOC_LINE_LENGTH -.ALIAS DOC_FAM DOC_FAMILY -.ALIAS DOC_LS DOC_LEAD -.ALIAS DOC_PS DOC_PT_SIZE -.ALIAS DOCHEADER_COLOUR DOCHEADER_COLOUR -.ALIAS EPIGRAPH_COLOUR EPIGRAPH_COLOR -.ALIAS FILL QUAD -.ALIAS FINIS_COLOUR FINIS_COLOR -.ALIAS HEAD_COLOUR HEAD_COLOR -.ALIAS LINEBREAK_COLOUR LINEBREAK_COLOR -.ALIAS PAGENUM PAGENUMBER -.ALIAS PAGENUM_COLOUR PAGENUM_COLOR -.ALIAS PAGINATION PAGINATE -.ALIAS PARAHEAD_COLOUR PARAHEAD_COLOR -.ALIAS PP_FT PP_FONT -.ALIAS QUOTE_COLOUR QUOTE_COLOR -.ALIAS SUBHEAD_COLOUR SUBHEAD_COLOR -.ALIAS TOC_FAM TOC_FAM -.ALIAS TOC_PS TOC_PT_SIZE +.ALIAS BREAK_BLOCKQUOTE BREAK_QUOTE +.ALIAS BREAK_CITATION BREAK_QUOTE +.ALIAS BREAK_CITE BREAK_QUOTE +.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_INDENT QUOTE_INDENT +.ALIAS CITATION BLOCKQUOTE +.ALIAS CITATION_FAMILY BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY +.ALIAS CITATION_FONT BLOCKQUOTE_FONT +.ALIAS CITATION_SIZE BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE +.ALIAS CITATION_COLOR BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR +.ALIAS CITATION_QUAD BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD +.ALIAS CITE BLOCKQUOTE +.ALIAS CITE_FAMILY BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY +.ALIAS CITE_FONT BLOCKQUOTE_FONT +.ALIAS CITE_SIZE BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE +.ALIAS CITE_COLOR BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR +.ALIAS CITE_QUAD BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD +.ALIAS DOC_R_MARGIN DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN +.ALIAS DOC_L_MARGIN DOC_LEFT_MARGIN +.ALIAS DOC_L_LENGTH DOC_LINE_LENGTH +.ALIAS DOC_RMARGIN DOC_RIGHT_MARGIN +.ALIAS DOC_LMARGIN DOC_LEFT_MARGIN +.ALIAS DOC_LLENGTH DOC_LINE_LENGTH +.ALIAS DOC_FAM DOC_FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_LS DOC_LEAD +.ALIAS DOC_PS DOC_PT_SIZE +.ALIAS FILL QUAD +.ALIAS PAGENUM PAGENUMBER +.ALIAS PAGINATION PAGINATE +.ALIAS PP_FT PP_FONT +.ALIAS TOC_PS TOC_PT_SIZE +\# +\# HEADER and FOOTER macros +\# ------------------------ +\# Because the type-style of headers and footers are managed +\# identically, and the type-style macros (_<type parameter>) all +\# require the correct name of the calling macro, it's necessary +\# to create HEADER_ and FOOTER_ macros here. They're basically +\# "aliases" of HDRFTR_, but required because you can't alias an +\# alias. +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FAM END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FONT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_FT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_PS END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTER_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_CAPS END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FAM END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FONT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_FT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_PS END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_CENTRE_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_FAM END +. HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FAM END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FONT END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_FT END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_PS END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_LEFT_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FAM END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FONT END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_FT END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_PS END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_RULE_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC FOOTER_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FAM END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FONT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_FT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_PS END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTER_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FAM END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FONT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_FT END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_PS END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_CENTRE_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_FAM END +. HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FAM END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FONT END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_FT END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_PS END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_LEFT_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_COLOUR END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FAM END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FONT END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_FT END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_PS END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_RULE_COLOR END +. HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR \\$1 +.END \\$1 +\# +.MAC HEADER_SIZE END +. HDRFTR_SIZE \\$1 +.END \\$1 \# \# HEADER and FOOTER aliases for HDRFTR macros. \# -.ALIAS ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER -.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER -.ALIAS ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTRE ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTRE -.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTRE ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTRE -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_COLOR HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_COLOUR HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOUR -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER HDRFTR_CENTER -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_COLOR HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_COLOUR HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOUR -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE HDRFTR_CENTER -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_COLOR HDRFTR_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_COLOUR HDRFTR_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_FAM HDRFTR_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_CAPS HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_COLOR HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_COLOUR HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOUR -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_FAM HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_FAMILY HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_FONT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_FT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT HDRFTR_LEFT -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_PS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_SIZE HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_PLAIN HDRFTR_PLAIN -.ALIAS FOOTER_RECTO HDRFTR_RECTO -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_CAPS HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_COLOR HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_COLOUR HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOUR -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_FAM HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_FAMILY HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_FONT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_FT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT HDRFTR_RIGHT -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_PS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_SIZE HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_RULE_COLOR HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR -.ALIAS FOOTER_RULE_GAP HDRFTR_RULE_GAP -.ALIAS FOOTER_RULE HDRFTR_RULE -.ALIAS FOOTER_SIZE HDRFTR_SIZE -.ALIAS FOOTER_VERSO HDRFTR_VERSO -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_COLOR HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_COLOUR HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOUR -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER HDRFTR_CENTER -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_COLOR HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_COLOUR HDRFTR_CENTRE_COLOUR -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_FAM HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_FAMILY HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_FONT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_FT HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE HDRFTR_CENTER -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_PS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_SIZE HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_COLOR HDRFTR_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_COLOUR HDRFTR_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_FAM HDRFTR_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_FAMILY HDRFTR_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_CAPS HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_COLOR HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_COLOUR HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOUR -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_FAM HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_FAMILY HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_FONT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_FT HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT HDRFTR_LEFT -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_PS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_SIZE HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_PLAIN HDRFTR_PLAIN -.ALIAS HEADER_RECTO HDRFTR_RECTO -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_COLOR HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_COLOUR HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOUR -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_FAM HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_FAMILY HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_FONT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_FT HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT HDRFTR_RIGHT -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_PS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_SIZE HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_RULE_COLOR HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR -.ALIAS HEADER_RULE_GAP HDRFTR_RULE_GAP -.ALIAS HEADER_RULE HDRFTR_RULE -.ALIAS HEADER_SIZE HDRFTR_SIZE -.ALIAS HEADER_VERSO HDRFTR_VERSO -.ALIAS SWITCH_FOOTERS SWITCH_HDRFTR -.ALIAS SWITCH_HEADERS SWITCH_HDRFTR +.ALIAS ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTER ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER +.ALIAS ENDNOTES_FOOTER_CENTRE ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTRE +.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTER ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTER +.ALIAS ENDNOTES_HEADER_CENTRE ENDNOTES_HDRFTR_CENTRE +.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS +.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER HDRFTR_CENTER +.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTER_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD +.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE HDRFTR_CENTER +.ALIAS FOOTER_CENTRE_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD +.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT_CAPS HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS +.ALIAS FOOTER_LEFT HDRFTR_LEFT +.ALIAS FOOTER_PLAIN HDRFTR_PLAIN +.ALIAS FOOTER_RECTO HDRFTR_RECTO +.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT_CAPS HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS +.ALIAS FOOTER_RIGHT HDRFTR_RIGHT +.ALIAS FOOTER_RULE_GAP HDRFTR_RULE_GAP +.ALIAS FOOTER_RULE HDRFTR_RULE +.ALIAS FOOTER_VERSO HDRFTR_VERSO +.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS +.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER HDRFTR_CENTER +.ALIAS HEADER_CENTER_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD +.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_CAPS HDRFTR_CENTER_CAPS +.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE HDRFTR_CENTER +.ALIAS HEADER_CENTRE_PAD HDRFTR_CENTER_PAD +.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT_CAPS HDRFTR_LEFT_CAPS +.ALIAS HEADER_LEFT HDRFTR_LEFT +.ALIAS HEADER_PLAIN HDRFTR_PLAIN +.ALIAS HEADER_RECTO HDRFTR_RECTO +.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT_CAPS HDRFTR_RIGHT_CAPS +.ALIAS HEADER_RIGHT HDRFTR_RIGHT +.ALIAS HEADER_RULE_GAP HDRFTR_RULE_GAP +.ALIAS HEADER_RULE HDRFTR_RULE +.ALIAS HEADER_VERSO HDRFTR_VERSO +.ALIAS SWITCH_FOOTERS SWITCH_HDRFTR +.ALIAS SWITCH_HEADERS SWITCH_HDRFTR +\# +\# Type-style aliases +\# +.ALIAS AUTHOR_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS COVER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOCHEADER_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS DOCTYPE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS EPIGRAPH_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS HDRFTR_CENTER_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS HDRFTR_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS HDRFTR_LEFT_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS HDRFTR_RIGHT_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS HEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS PAGENUM_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS PARAHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS QUOTE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS SUBHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS SUBTITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_FAM _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_HEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_PARAHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_PN_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_SUBHEAD_FAMILY _FAMILY +.ALIAS TOC_TITLE_FAMILY _FAMILY +\# +.ALIAS AUTHOR_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS COVER_AUTHOR_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS COVER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS DOCTYPE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_NUMBER_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS EPIGRAPH_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS HDRFTR_CENTER_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS HDRFTR_LEFT_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS HDRFTR_RIGHT_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS HEAD_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS PAGENUM_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS PARAHEAD_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS QUOTE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS SUBHEAD_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS SUBTITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TITLE_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TOC_HEAD_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TOC_PARAHEAD_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TOC_PN_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TOC_SUBHEAD_FONT _FONT +.ALIAS TOC_TITLE_FONT _FONT +\# +.ALIAS AUTHOR_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS COVER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS DOCTYPE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_NUMBER_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS EPIGRAPH_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS HDRFTR_CENTER_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS HDRFTR_LEFT_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS HDRFTR_RIGHT_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS HDRFTR_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS HEAD_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS PAGENUM_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS PARAHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS QUOTE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS SUBHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS SUBTITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TOC_HEAD_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TOC_PARAHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TOC_PN_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TOC_SUBHEAD_SIZE _SIZE +.ALIAS TOC_TITLE_SIZE _SIZE +\# +.ALIAS ATTRIBUTE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS AUTHOR_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_MISC_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS COVER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_ATTRIBUTE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_AUTHOR_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_CHAPTER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_DOCTYPE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_MISC_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_SUBTITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOCHEADER_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS DOCTYPE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS EPIGRAPH_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS FINIS_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS HDRFTR_CENTER_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS HDRFTR_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS HDRFTR_LEFT_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS HDRFTR_RIGHT_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS HDRFTR_RULE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS HEAD_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS LINEBREAK_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS PAGENUM_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS PARAHEAD_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS QUOTE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS SUBHEAD_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS SUBTITLE_COLOR _COLOR +.ALIAS TITLE_COLOR _COLOR +\# +.ALIAS BLOCKQUOTE_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS COVER_MISC_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_COPYRIGHT_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_MISC_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS DOC_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_STRING_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS ENDNOTE_TITLE_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS EPIGRAPH_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS FOOTNOTE_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS HEAD_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS SUBHEAD_QUAD _QUAD +.ALIAS TOC_HEADER_QUAD _QUAD \# \# Support aliases \# -.ALIAS COL_BREAK COL_NEXT -.ALIAS PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE FOOTNOTE_RULE +.ALIAS COL_BREAK COL_NEXT +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_ADVANCE COVER_ADVANCE +.ALIAS DOC_COVER COVER +.ALIAS DOC_COVERS COVERS +.ALIAS DOC_COVER_LEAD COVER_LEAD +.ALIAS DOC_COVERTITLE COVERTITLE +.ALIAS DO_DOC_COVER DO_COVER +.ALIAS PRINT_FOOTNOTE_RULE FOOTNOTE_RULE +\# +\# Miscellaneous macros to take care of backward compatibility +\# ----------------------------------------------------------- +\# +\# As of 1.1.9, EL and TN got changed to make TRAP...TRAP OFF +\# unnecessary for users. However, I used both macros extensively +\# throughout this file (in conjunction with TRAP...TRAP OFF). +\# EOL is the "old" EL, for the personal use of om.tmac +\# +.MAC EOL END +. br +. sp -1v +.END |